UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2015

or

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition from                       to                     

Commission file number: 0-13814

 

Cortland Bancorp

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Ohio

 

34-1451118

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio

 

44410

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip code)

330- 637-8040

( Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

N/A

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

 

 

Accelerated filer

  

¨

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Smaller reporting company

  

x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

TITLE OF CLASS

  

SHARES OUTSTANDING

Common Stock, No Par Value

  

4,517,849 Shares August 5, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 


PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

 

 

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) –June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited) – Three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (unaudited) – Three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) –Six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) – Six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) – June 30, 2015

7

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Yields and Rates – Year-to-Date June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Yields and Rates – Quarter-to-Date June 30, 2015, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2014

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Data

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Review

39

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

50

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

50

 

 

 

 

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

51

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

51

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

51

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

51

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

51

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Other Information

51

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

52

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

56

 

 

 

 


CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

7,571

 

 

$

6,588

 

Interest-earning deposits

 

1,773

 

 

 

3,981

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

9,344

 

 

 

10,569

 

Investment securities available-for-sale (Note 3)

 

159,501

 

 

 

162,247

 

Trading securities (Note 3)

 

7,955

 

 

 

7,861

 

Loans held for sale

 

2,774

 

 

 

632

 

Total loans (Note 4)

 

357,873

 

 

 

360,185

 

Less allowance for loan losses (Note 4)

 

(5,454

)

 

 

(5,202

)

Net loans

 

352,419

 

 

 

354,983

 

Premises and equipment

 

8,373

 

 

 

7,697

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

17,162

 

 

 

16,990

 

Other assets

 

11,291

 

 

 

7,953

 

Total assets

$

568,819

 

 

$

568,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

$

94,115

 

 

$

94,731

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

353,258

 

 

 

362,030

 

Total deposits

 

447,373

 

 

 

456,761

 

Short-term borrowings

 

5,483

 

 

 

4,259

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term

 

21,000

 

 

 

15,500

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

Subordinated debt (Note 7)

 

5,155

 

 

 

5,155

 

Other liabilities

 

8,353

 

 

 

6,405

 

Total liabilities

 

512,364

 

 

 

513,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares; issued 4,728,267 shares in

   2015 and 2014; outstanding shares, 4,517,849 in 2015 and 4,527,848 in 2014

 

23,641

 

 

 

23,641

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

20,833

 

 

 

20,833

 

Retained earnings

 

16,076

 

 

 

14,555

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(388

)

 

 

376

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 210,418 shares in 2015 and 200,419 in 2014

 

(3,707

)

 

 

(3,553

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

56,455

 

 

 

55,852

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$

568,819

 

 

$

568,932

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

2


CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED

JUNE 30,

 

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED

JUNE 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

$

4,185

 

 

$

3,961

 

 

$

8,265

 

 

$

8,049

 

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable interest

 

548

 

 

 

681

 

 

 

1,218

 

 

 

1,364

 

Nontaxable interest

 

434

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

868

 

 

 

854

 

Dividends

 

35

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

Other interest income

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

Total interest income

 

5,206

 

 

 

5,123

 

 

 

10,423

 

 

 

10,340

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

400

 

 

 

414

 

 

 

815

 

 

 

845

 

Short-term borrowings

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term

 

8

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

139

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

200

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

441

 

Subordinated debt

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

44

 

Total interest expense

 

631

 

 

 

726

 

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

1,470

 

Net interest income

 

4,575

 

 

 

4,397

 

 

 

9,144

 

 

 

8,870

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

130

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

300

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

4,445

 

 

 

4,247

 

 

 

8,854

 

 

 

8,570

 

NON-INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees for customer services

 

486

 

 

 

484

 

 

 

969

 

 

 

943

 

Investment securities available-for-sale gains - net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Trading security (losses)  gains, net

 

(38

)

 

 

141

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

267

 

Mortgage banking gains, net

 

160

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

198

 

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

86

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

161

 

Wealth management income

 

117

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

165

 

Other non-interest income

 

47

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

71

 

Total non-interest income

 

858

 

 

 

947

 

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

1,998

 

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

2,388

 

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

4,836

 

 

 

4,500

 

Net occupancy and equipment expense

 

505

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

992

 

 

 

947

 

State and local taxes

 

104

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

170

 

FDIC insurance expense

 

83

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

158

 

Professional fees

 

212

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

405

 

Other operating expenses

 

895

 

 

 

736

 

 

 

1,577

 

 

 

1,352

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

4,187

 

 

 

3,909

 

 

 

8,181

 

 

 

7,532

 

INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

1,116

 

 

 

1,285

 

 

 

2,586

 

 

 

3,036

 

Federal income tax expense

 

200

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

665

 

NET INCOME

$

916

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,371

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.52

 

CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE

$

0.06

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.08

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

 

3


CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

THREE MONTHS ENDED

JUNE 30,

 

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED

JUNE 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

$

916

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,371

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available-for-sale securities

 

(1,767

)

 

 

1,923

 

 

 

(1,088

)

 

 

4,487

 

Tax effect

 

600

 

 

 

(654

)

 

 

369

 

 

 

(1,526

)

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(193

)

Tax effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

Total securities available for sale

 

(1,167

)

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

(719

)

 

 

2,834

 

Change in post-retirement obligations

 

(23

)

 

 

13

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

26

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(1,190

)

 

 

1,282

 

 

 

(764

)

 

 

2,860

 

Total comprehensive (loss) income

$

(274

)

 

$

2,321

 

 

$

1,301

 

 

$

5,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

 

4


 

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

Retained Earnings

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

$

23,641

 

 

$

20,833

 

 

$

11,502

 

 

$

(2,888

)

 

$

(3,553

)

 

$

49,535

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,371

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,860

 

Cash dividend declared ($0.08 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(363

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(363

)

Balance at June 30, 2014

$

23,641

 

 

$

20,833

 

 

$

13,510

 

 

$

(28

)

 

$

(3,553

)

 

$

54,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIX MONTHS ENDED

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

$

23,641

 

 

$

20,833

 

 

$

14,555

 

 

$

376

 

 

$

(3,553

)

 

$

55,852

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,065

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(764

)

 

 

 

 

 

(764

)

Cash dividend declared ($0.12 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(544

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(544

)

Treasury shares purchased net of 1 share reissued (9,999 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

(154

)

Balance at June 30, 2015

$

23,641

 

 

$

20,833

 

 

$

16,076

 

 

$

(388

)

 

$

(3,707

)

 

$

56,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

5


 

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED JUNE 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net cash flow from operating activities

$

114

 

 

$

4,370

 

Cash flow from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

 

(8,835

)

 

 

(26,810

)

Proceeds from sale of securities

 

 

 

 

10,237

 

Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on securities

 

9,590

 

 

 

10,173

 

Net decrease in loans made to customers

 

2,274

 

 

 

30,279

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate

 

40

 

 

 

52

 

Purchases of bank-owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

(1,605

)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,046

)

 

 

(283

)

Net cash flow provided by investing activities

 

2,023

 

 

 

22,043

 

Cash deficit from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in deposit accounts

 

(9,388

)

 

 

(23,604

)

Net change in short term borrowings

 

1,224

 

 

 

(124

)

Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term

 

5,500

 

 

 

(3,000

)

Repayments of  Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

(4,000

)

 

 

 

Purchase of  Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(544

)

 

 

(363

)

Treasury shares purchased

 

(154

)

 

 

 

Net cash deficit used for financing activities

 

(3,362

)

 

 

(27,091

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,225

)

 

 

(678

)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

10,569

 

 

 

12,396

 

End of period

$

9,344

 

 

$

11,718

 

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

$

660

 

 

$

 

Interest

$

1,293

 

 

$

1,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned

$

 

 

$

57

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Cortland Bancorp and Subsidiaries

 

 

 

6


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

1.) Basis of Presentation and Reclassifications:

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring items) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015. These interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our annual audited financial statements as of December 31, 2014, included in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014, has been derived from the audited consolidated balance sheet but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements.

Certain items contained in the 2014 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the presentation for 2015. Such reclassifications had no effect on the net results of operations or equity.

 

 

2.) Authoritative Accounting Guidance:

 

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-01, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. The amendments in this Update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The amendments in this Update should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. The amendments in this Update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction . The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this Update using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (a new revenue recognition standard). The Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, this update specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands disclosure requirements for revenue recognition. This Update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new Update.

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures .  The amendments in this Update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting.  For repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.  The amendments also require enhanced disclosures.  The accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014.  An entity is required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to

7


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application is prohibited.   The disclosure for certain transactions accounted for as a sale is required to be presented for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the disclosure for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to -maturity transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. The disclosures are not required to be presented for compar ative periods before the effective date.   This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ( See F ootnote 13)

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments when the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period .  The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. Entities may apply the amendments in this Update either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, the cumulative effect of applying this Update as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements should be recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance at that date. Additionally, if retrospective transition is adopted, an entity may use hindsight in measuring and recognizing the compensation cost.  This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) .  The amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met:  (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor.  The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements -Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).  The amendments in this Update provide guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures.  The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).   This ASU clarifies how current U.S. GAAP should be interpreted in subjectively evaluating the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form of a share. Public business entities are required to implement the new requirements in fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting. The amendments in this Update apply to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries that are a business or nonprofit activity (either public or nonpublic) upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer (an individual or an entity) obtains control of the acquired entity.  An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs, an acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's most recent change-in-control event. The amendments in this Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement –Extraordinary and Unusual Items, as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards.  This Update eliminates from GAAP the concept of extraordinary items.  The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the

8


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Compa ny’s financial statements.

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810) . The amendments in this Update affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments (1) Modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; (2) Eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) Affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; (4) Provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds.  The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015.  For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) , as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards.  To simplify presentation of debt issuance costs, the amendments in this Update require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this Update.  For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016.  An entity should apply the new guidance on a retrospective basis, wherein the balance sheet of each individual period presented should be adjusted to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new guidance. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards.  For an entity with a fiscal year-end that does not coincide with a month-end, the amendments in this Update provide a practical expedient that permits the entity to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations using the month-end that is closest to the entity's fiscal year-end and apply that practical expedient consistently from year to year. The practical expedient should be applied consistently to all plans if an entity has more than one plan. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangible – Goodwill and Other Internal Use Software (Topic 350-40) , as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. This guidance will help entities evaluate the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The amendments in this Update provide guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract.  For public business entities, the Board decided that the amendments will be effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. For all other entities, the amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-06, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260): Effects on Historical Earnings per Unit of Master Limited Partnership Dropdown Transactions.   Topic 260, Earnings Per Share , contains guidance that addresses master limited partnerships that originated from Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 07-4, Application of the Two-Class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128 to Master Limited Partnerships . Under Topic 260, master limited partnerships apply the two-class method of calculating earnings per unit because the general partner, limited partners, and incentive distribution rights holders each participate differently in the distribution of available cash in accordance with the contractual rights contained in the partnership agreement. The amendments in this Update specify that for purposes of calculating historical earnings per unit under the two-class method, the earnings (losses) of a transferred business before the date of a dropdown transaction should be allocated entirely to the general partner. In that circumstance, the previously reported earnings per unit of the limited partners (which is typically the earnings per unit measure presented in the financial statements) would not change as a result of the dropdown transaction. Qualitative disclosures about how the rights to the earnings (losses) differ before and after the dropdown transaction occurs for purposes of computing earnings per unit

9


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

under the two-class method are also required. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is permitted.   This Update is not expected t o have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) .  The Update applies to reporting entities that elect to measure the fair value of an investment using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient. Under the amendments in this Update, investments for which fair value is measured at net asset value per share (or its equivalent) using the practical expedient should not be categorized in the fair value hierarchy. Removing those investments from the fair value hierarchy not only eliminates the diversity in practice resulting from the way in which investments measured at net asset value per share (or its equivalent) with future redemption dates are classified, but also ensures that all investments categorized in the fair value hierarchy are classified using a consistent approach. Investments that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent), but for which the practical expedient is not applied will continue to be included in the fair value hierarchy. A reporting entity should continue to disclose information on investments for which fair value is measured at net asset value (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient to help users understand the nature and risks of the investments and whether the investments, if sold, are probable of being sold at amounts different from net asset value. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. A reporting entity should apply the amendments retrospectively to all periods presented. The retrospective approach requires that an investment for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient be removed from the fair value hierarchy in all periods presented in an entity's financial statements. Earlier application is permitted. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

 

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-08 , Business Combinations – Pushdown Accounting – Amendment to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115 . This Update was issued to amend various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-09, Financial Services – Insurance (Topic 944): Disclosure About Short-Duration Contracts . The amendments apply to all insurance entities that issue short-duration contracts as defined in Topic 944, Financial Services – Insurance . The amendments require insurance entities to disclose for annual reporting periods certain information about the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses. The amendments also require insurance entities to disclose information about significant changes in methodologies and assumptions used to calculate the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, including reasons for the change and the effects on the financial statements.  Additionally, the amendments require insurance entities to disclose for annual and interim reporting periods a rollforward of the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses, described in Topic 944. For health insurance claims, the amendments require the disclosure of the total of incurred-but-not-reported liabilities plus expected development on reported claims included in the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  For all other entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements . The amendments in this Update represent changes to clarify the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”), correct unintended application of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. Transition guidance varies based on the amendments in this Update. The amendments in this Update that require transition guidance are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. All other amendments will be effective upon the issuance of this Update.  This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

 


10


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

3.) Investment Securities:

Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as available-for-sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though management has no present intentions to do so. Securities classified as trading are those that management has bought principally for the purpose of selling in the near term. The Company currently has no securities classified as held-to-maturity.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount and is amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating payments, except for U.S. Government mortgage-backed and related securities where twelve months of historical prepayments are taken into consideration. Trading securities are carried at fair value with valuation adjustments included in other non-interest income.

Securities are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, along with the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other-than-temporary. The term “other-than-temporary” is not intended to indicate that the decline in value is permanent, but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable and that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale investments have not been recognized into income. However, once a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the credit related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings while the non-credit related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold is recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

The following table is a summary of investment securities available-for-sale:  

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2015

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

$

13,544

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

74

 

 

$

13,574

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

49,667

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

50,397

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

 

80,014

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

79,596

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations

 

12,121

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

12,047

 

Trust preferred securities

 

1,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

838

 

Total debt securities

 

156,995

 

 

 

1,476

 

 

 

2,019

 

 

 

156,452

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

 

2,823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,823

 

Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

Total regulatory stock

 

3,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,049

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

$

160,044

 

 

$

1,476

 

 

$

2,019

 

 

$

159,501

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

100

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

101

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

 

8,640

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

8,648

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

48,547

 

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

50,091

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

 

85,675

 

 

 

353

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

85,587

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations

 

14,030

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

13,992

 

Trust preferred securities

 

1,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

883

 

 

 

779

 

Total debt securities

 

158,654

 

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

159,198

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

 

2,823

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,823

 

Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) stock

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

Total regulatory stock

 

3,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,049

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

$

161,703

 

 

$

2,135

 

 

$

1,591

 

 

$

162,247

 

 

11


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The regulatory stock is carried at cost and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of membership in order to transact business with the FHLB of Cincinnati and the FRB .

The Bank is required to maintain a minimum investment in stock of the FHLB and FRB. The stock is bought from and sold based upon its par value. The stock does not have a readily determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated by management. The stock’s value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (a) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB and FRB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted, (b) commitments by the FHLB and FRB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance, (c) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB and FRB and (d) the liquidity position of the FHLB and FRB. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2015.

At both June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, trading securities of $8.0 million and $7.9 million, respectively, are an investment in obligations of states and political subdivisions and include cash equivalent investments for trading liquidity. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities at June 30, 2015 were $42,000 and $1,000, respectively, compared to $39,000 and $4,000 respectively, at December 31, 2014. Total net unrealized gains of $41,000 and realized losses of $71,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and unrealized gains of $44,100 and realized gains of $222,900 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Total net unrealized losses of $4,000 and realized losses of $34,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and unrealized gains of $53,000 and realized gains of $88,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2014 are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at June 30, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

$

676

 

 

$

679

 

Due after one year through five years

 

70

 

 

 

71

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

24,452

 

 

 

24,871

 

Due after ten years

 

39,662

 

 

 

39,188

 

Total

 

64,860

 

 

 

64,809

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed and related securities

 

92,135

 

 

 

91,643

 

Total debt securities

$

156,995

 

 

$

156,452

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the proceeds and gains or losses realized on available for sale securities sold or called for the periods presented:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Proceeds on securities sold

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,237

 

Gross realized gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

637

 

Gross realized losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

444

 

 

Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $112.8 million at June 30, 2015 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes. The remaining securities provide an adequate level of liquidity.

12


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following is a summary of the fair value of available for sale securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at June 30 , 2015 :  

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

$

7,880

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

1,931

 

 

$

58

 

 

$

9,811

 

 

$

74

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

10,653

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

2,119

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

12,772

 

 

 

438

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed

  securities

 

36,942

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

18,656

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

55,598

 

 

 

616

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized

   mortgage obligations

 

10,069

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,069

 

 

 

80

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

811

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

811

 

Total

$

65,544

 

 

$

669

 

 

$

23,544

 

 

$

1,350

 

 

$

89,088

 

 

$

2,019

 

 

The above table comprises 61 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost.

 

The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized Losses

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

$

335

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

1,910

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

2,245

 

 

$

80

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2,456

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

4,159

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

6,615

 

 

 

123

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed

  securities

 

14,460

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

31,550

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

46,010

 

 

 

441

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized

   mortgage obligations

 

2,273

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

3,145

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

5,418

 

 

 

64

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779

 

 

 

883

 

 

 

779

 

 

 

883

 

Total

$

19,524

 

 

$

83

 

 

$

41,543

 

 

$

1,508

 

 

$

61,067

 

 

$

1,591

 

 

 

The above table comprises 37 investment securities where the fair value is less than the related amortized cost.

The trust preferred securities with an unrealized loss represent pools of trust preferred debt issued primarily by bank holding companies. The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Government-sponsored-mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of states and political subdivisions and U.S. Government agencies and corporations were caused by changes in market rates and related spreads. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at less than the amortized cost of the Company’s investment because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and relative spreads and not credit quality. Also, except for the securities described below, the Company does not intend to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. The Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2015.

Securities Deemed to be Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) with formal reviews performed quarterly.

For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, management assesses whether (a) it has the intent to sell the debt security or (b) it is more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

13


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

In instan ces in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), the Company presents the amount of the OTTI recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income .

In these instances, the impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss, and (b) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income with an offset for the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in other comprehensive income.

As more fully disclosed in Note 9, the Company assessed the impairment of certain securities currently in an illiquid market. The Company records impairment credit losses in earnings (before tax) and non-credit impairment losses in other comprehensive income (loss) (before tax). Through the impairment assessment process, there was no impairment loss recognized in the three or six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

The following provides a cumulative rollforward of credit losses recognized in earnings for trust preferred securities held.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Beginning balance

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

2,305

 

Reduction for debt securities for which other-than-temporary

   impairment has been previously recognized and there is no

   related other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit losses on debt securities for which other-than-temporary

   impairment has not been previously recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional credit losses on debt securities for which

   other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,165

)

Ending balance

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

In January 2014, the Company determined that its portfolio of insurance trust preferred collateralized debt obligations, commonly known as iTruPS securities, were considered disallowed investments under the final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, commonly referred to as the Volcker Rule, which was originally released jointly by five regulatory agencies on December 10, 2013, and further clarified with the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014. The final rule requires banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, unless, upon application, the Federal Reserve grants extensions to July 21, 2017.  

With the release of the Interim Final Rule on January 14, 2014, the joint agencies granted relief by permitting financial institutions to retain their interests in certain collateralized debt obligations, but limited that provision to those collateralized by issuances prior to May 2010 from bank or thrift holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets. The Interim Final Rule did not contain a provision for issuances by insurance companies, which comprises the various iTruPS securities owned by the Company.

The disallowed iTruPS consisted of nine positions with an amortized cost of $10.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Because the Company could no longer hold the securities until their anticipated recovery, an OTTI had to be recognized for the entire amount of unrealized loss as of December 31, 2013.  The fair value of the iTruPS as determined by the discounted cash flow model used by the Company aggregated to $8.5 million.  The resulting OTTI charge of approximately $2.0 million was included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in 2013. In February 2014, the Company completed the sale of all nine of the disallowed investments.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were $838,000 and $779,000, respectively, of investment securities considered to be in non-accrual status. This balance is comprised of two trust preferred securities at June 30, 2015. As a result of the delay in the collection of interest payments, management placed these securities in non-accrual status. Current estimates indicate that the interest payment delays may exceed ten years.

14


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

4.) Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses:

The Company, through the Bank, grants residential, consumer and commercial loans to customers located primarily in Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania.

The following represents the composition of the loan portfolio for the period ending:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

Balance

 

 

%

 

 

Balance

 

 

%

 

Commercial

$

57,495

 

 

 

16.1

 

 

$

72,330

 

 

 

20.1

 

Commercial real estate

 

233,531

 

 

 

65.3

 

 

 

223,536

 

 

 

62.1

 

Residential real estate

 

40,607

 

 

 

11.3

 

 

 

38,875

 

 

 

10.8

 

Consumer - home equity

 

21,827

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

21,328

 

 

 

5.9

 

Consumer - other

 

4,413

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

4,116

 

 

 

1.1

 

Total loans

$

357,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

360,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management has an established methodology to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that assesses the risks and losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company has segmented loans in the portfolio by product type. Loans are segmented into the following pools: commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans and consumer loans. The Company also sub-segments the consumer loan portfolio into the following two classes: home equity loans and other consumer loans. Historical loss percentages for each risk category are calculated and used as the basis for calculating allowance allocations. These historical loss percentages are calculated over multiple periods for all portfolio segments. Management evaluates these results and utilizes the most reflective period in the calculation. Certain qualitative factors are then added to the historical allocation percentage to get the adjusted factor.

These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Factor Considered:

 

Risk Trend:

Levels of and trends in charge-offs, classifications and non-accruals

 

Stable

Trends in volume and terms

 

Increasing

Changes in lending policies and procedures

 

Stable

Experience, depth and ability of management

 

Stable

Economic trends

 

Stable

Concentrations of credit

 

Stable

The following factors are analyzed and applied to loans internally graded with higher credit risk in addition to the above factors for non-classified loans:

 

Factor Considered:

 

Risk Trend:

Levels and trends in classification

 

Stable

Declining trends in financial performance

 

Stable

Structure and lack of performance measures

 

Stable

Migration between risk categories

 

Stable

The provision charged to operations can be allocated to a loan segment either as a positive or negative value as a result of any material changes to: net charge-offs or recovery, risk factors or loan balances.

15


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods ended:

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2015

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

1,990

 

 

$

2,983

 

 

$

231

 

 

$

64

 

 

$

97

 

 

$

5,365

 

Loan charge-offs

 

(2

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(78

)

Recoveries

 

1

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

37

 

Net loan recoveries (charge-offs)

 

(1

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(41

)

Provision charged to operations

 

126

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

130

 

Balance at end of period

$

2,115

 

 

$

2,953

 

 

$

223

 

 

$

63

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

5,454

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2014

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

684

 

 

$

2,897

 

 

$

293

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

87

 

 

$

4,051

 

Loan charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(92

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

25

 

Net loan recoveries (charge-offs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(67

)

Provision charged to operations

 

65

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

20

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

150

 

Balance at end of period

$

749

 

 

$

2,891

 

 

$

295

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

4,134

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2015

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

2,064

 

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

229

 

 

$

60

 

 

$

95

 

 

$

5,202

 

Loan charge-offs

 

(2

)

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(113

)

Recoveries

 

2

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

75

 

Net loan recoveries (charge-offs)

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

10

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(38

)

Provision charged to operations

 

51

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

290

 

Balance at end of period

$

2,115

 

 

$

2,953

 

 

$

223

 

 

$

63

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

5,454

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2014

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at beginning of period

$

593

 

 

$

2,638

 

 

$

356

 

 

$

88

 

 

$

89

 

 

$

3,764

 

Loan charge-offs

 

(112

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(239

)

Recoveries

 

262

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

309

 

Net loan recoveries (charge-offs)

 

150

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(32

)

 

 

70

 

Provision charged to operations

 

6

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

300

 

Balance at end of period

$

749

 

 

$

2,891

 

 

$

295

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

4,134

 

 

 

The total allowance reflects management’s estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the consolidated balance sheet date.

16


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following tables present a full breakdown by portfolio segment of the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans at June 30 , 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

June 30, 2015

Commercial

 

 

Commercial

real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer -

home equity

 

 

Consumer -

other

 

 

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to

   loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

1,308

 

 

$

203

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,511

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

807

 

 

 

2,750

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

3,943

 

Total ending allowance balance

$

2,115

 

 

$

2,953

 

 

$

223

 

 

$

63

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

5,454

 

Loan Portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

1,850

 

 

$

5,396

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,246

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

55,645

 

 

 

228,135

 

 

 

40,607

 

 

 

21,827

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

 

350,627

 

Total ending loans balance

$

57,495

 

 

$

233,531

 

 

$

40,607

 

 

$

21,827

 

 

$

4,413

 

 

$

357,873

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

Commercial

 

 

Commercial

real estate

 

 

Residential   real

estate

 

 

Consumer -

home equity

 

 

Consumer -

other

 

 

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to

   loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

1,316

 

 

$

148

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,464

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

748

 

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

3,738

 

Total ending allowance balance

$

2,064

 

 

$

2,754

 

 

$

229

 

 

$

60

 

 

$

95

 

 

$

5,202

 

Loan Portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

$

2,023

 

 

$

5,729

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,752

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

70,307

 

 

 

217,807

 

 

 

38,875

 

 

 

21,328

 

 

 

4,116

 

 

 

352,433

 

Total ending loans balance

$

72,330

 

 

$

223,536

 

 

$

38,875

 

 

$

21,328

 

 

$

4,116

 

 

$

360,185

 

 

The decrease in commercial loan balances from year-end was due in part to 60-day term commercial loans for a total of $22.6 million that closed in December 2014 and were fully secured by segregated deposit accounts with the Bank. The loans matured in the first quarter of 2015. The increase in the allowance for commercial real estate categories is due to increases in special mention loans as shown in the following tables and a change in the qualitative factor relating to trends in volume and terms. Along with the impact of classified loans, the amount of net charge-offs also impacts the provision charged to operations for the quarter and year-to-date for any category of loans. Charge-offs affect the historical rate applied to each category, and the amount needed to replenish the amount charged-off.

The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned grades for June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The grading analysis estimates the capability of the borrower to repay the contractual obligations of the loan agreements as scheduled or at all. The Company’s internal credit risk grading system is based on experiences with similarly graded loans.

The Company’s internally assigned grades are as follows:

Pass – loans which are protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value of the underlying collateral. Within this category, there are grades of exceptional, quality, acceptable and pass monitor.

Special Mention – loans where a potential weakness or risk exists, which could cause a more serious problem if not corrected.

Substandard – loans that have a well-defined weakness based on objective evidence and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard asset but with the severity which makes collection in full highly questionable and improbable, based on existing circumstances.

17


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Loss – loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible, or of such value that continuance as an asset is not warranted. This rating does not mean that the assets have no recovery or salvage value but rather that the assets should be charged off now, even though partial or full recovery may be possible in the future.

The following table is a summary of credit quality indicators by internally assigned grades as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

48,983

 

 

$

216,892

 

Special Mention

 

6,650

 

 

 

10,969

 

Substandard

 

1,862

 

 

 

5,670

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance

$

57,495

 

 

$

233,531

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

$

65,339

 

 

$

205,890

 

Special Mention

 

4,963

 

 

 

10,209

 

Substandard

 

2,028

 

 

 

7,437

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance

$

72,330

 

 

$

223,536

 

 

The Company evaluates the classification of consumer, home equity and residential loans primarily on a pooled basis. If the Company becomes aware that adverse or distressed conditions exist that may affect a particular loan, the loan is downgraded following the above definitions of special mention and substandard. Nonaccrual loans in these categories are evaluated for charge off or charge down, and the remaining balance has the same allowance factor as pooled loans.

 

The following table is a summary of consumer credit exposure as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

$

39,442

 

 

$

21,594

 

 

$

4,412

 

Nonperforming

 

1,165

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

1

 

Total

$

40,607

 

 

$

21,827

 

 

$

4,413

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

 

Consumer - other

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performing

$

37,544

 

 

$

21,179

 

 

$

4,110

 

Nonperforming

 

1,331

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

6

 

Total

$

38,875

 

 

$

21,328

 

 

$

4,116

 

Loans are considered to be nonperforming when they become 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status, though the Company may be receiving partial payments of interest and partial repayments of principal on such loans. When a loan is placed in non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. Loans in foreclosure are considered nonperforming.

 

 

 

 


18


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table is a summary of classes of loans on non-accrual status as of June 30 , 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Commercial

$

1,670

 

 

$

1,824

 

Commercial real estate

 

2,211

 

 

 

2,247

 

Residential real estate

 

1,165

 

 

 

1,331

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

233

 

 

 

149

 

Consumer - other

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

Total

$

5,280

 

 

$

5,557

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. These concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months.

 

There were no loans modified as TDRs for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 or June 30, 2014. None of the loans that were approved as TDR’s in 2013 or 2014 have subsequently defaulted in the three or six month periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2015.

 

The following table is an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past due loans as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

 

90 Days Or Greater

 

 

Total   Past   Due

 

 

Current

 

 

Total Loans

 

 

Recorded Investment   >

90 Days and Accruing

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

42

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,670

 

 

$

1,712

 

 

$

55,783

 

 

$

57,495

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

487

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

1,679

 

 

 

2,282

 

 

 

231,249

 

 

 

233,531

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

114

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

1,053

 

 

 

1,272

 

 

 

39,335

 

 

 

40,607

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

77

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

21,498

 

 

 

21,827

 

 

 

 

Consumer - other

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

4,389

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

 

 

Total

$

743

 

 

$

240

 

 

$

4,636

 

 

$

5,619

 

 

$

352,254

 

 

$

357,873

 

 

$

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

 

90 Days Or Greater

 

 

Total   Past   Due

 

 

Current

 

 

Total Loans

 

 

Recorded Investment   >

90 Days and Accruing

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

54

 

 

$

282

 

 

$

1,542

 

 

$

1,878

 

 

$

70,452

 

 

$

72,330

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

574

 

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

2,115

 

 

 

4,463

 

 

 

219,073

 

 

 

223,536

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

122

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

1,144

 

 

 

1,439

 

 

 

37,436

 

 

 

38,875

 

 

 

 

Consumer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer - home equity

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

21,118

 

 

 

21,328

 

 

 

 

Consumer - other

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

4,116

 

 

 

 

Total

$

826

 

 

$

2,229

 

 

$

4,956

 

 

$

8,011

 

 

$

352,174

 

 

$

360,185

 

 

$

 

 

An impaired loan is a loan on which, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due (including both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. However, an insignificant delay or insignificant shortfall in amount of payments on a loan does not indicate that the loan is impaired.

19


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

When a loan is determined to be impaired, impairment should be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effecti ve interest rate. However, as a practical expedient, the Company will measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

The following are the criteria for selecting individual loans / relationships for impairment analysis. Non-homogenous loans which meet the criteria below are evaluated quarterly.

All borrowers whose loans are classified doubtful by examiners and internal loan review

All loans on non-accrual status

Any loan in foreclosure

Any loan with a specific allowance

Any loan determined to be collateral dependent for repayment

Loans classified as troubled debt restructuring

Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans evaluated for impairment are excluded from the general pool of loans in the ALLL calculation regardless if a specific reserve was determined. If management determines that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate or a charge-off to the allowance.

The following table presents the recorded investment and unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, excluding homogenous loans for which impaired analyses are not necessarily performed, with the associated allowance amount, if applicable, at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Also presented are the average recorded investments in the impaired balances and interest income recognized after impairment for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

 

Related Allowance

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

427

 

 

$

427

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

4,512

 

 

 

4,714

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

1,423

 

 

 

1,423

 

 

 

1,308

 

Commercial real estate

 

884

 

 

 

884

 

 

 

203

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

1,850

 

 

$

1,850

 

 

$

1,308

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,396

 

 

$

5,598

 

 

$

203

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

 

Related Allowance

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

457

 

 

$

457

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

4,498

 

 

 

5,242

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,566

 

 

 

1,316

 

Commercial real estate

 

1,231

 

 

 

1,231

 

 

 

148

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

2,023

 

 

$

2,023

 

 

$

1,316

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,729

 

 

$

6,473

 

 

$

148

 

 

20


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

341

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

348

 

 

$

6

 

Commercial real estate

 

4,140

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

4,344

 

 

 

84

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

1,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,539

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

1,272

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

1,246

 

 

 

44

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

1,856

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

1,887

 

 

$

6

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,412

 

 

$

66

 

 

$

5,590

 

 

$

128

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

215

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

10

 

Commercial real estate

 

4,030

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

3,849

 

 

 

88

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

1,561

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

1,569

 

 

 

36

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

288

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

303

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

$

5,591

 

 

$

71

 

 

$

5,418

 

 

$

124

 

 

5.) Legal Proceedings:

The Company is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from these matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.

 

6.) Earnings Per Share and Capital Transactions:

The Company currently maintains a simple capital structure; therefore, there are no dilutive effects to earnings per share. The following table sets forth the computation of earnings per common share. Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period.

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income (amounts in thousands)

$

916

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,371

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

4,525,322

 

 

 

4,527,848

 

 

 

4,526,578

 

 

 

4,527,848

 

Earnings per share

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

 

7.) Subordinated Debt:

In July 2007, a trust formed by the Company issued $5.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering of such securities due December 2037. The Company owns all $155,000 of the common securities issued by the trust. The securities bear interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The rates at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were 1.74% and 1.69%, respectively. The Company issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering.

21


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The debentures represent the sole assets of this trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at par.

The trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital adequacy.

 

8.) Commitments:

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts or those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

The following table is a summary of such contractual commitments:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Commitments to extend credit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

$

13,950

 

 

$

13,825

 

Variable rate

 

47,104

 

 

 

49,897

 

Standby letters of credit

 

2,277

 

 

 

608

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Generally these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties. The increase in commitments is in line with the Company’s increased focus on commercial and industrial lending, and specifically lines of credit.

The Company also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue this service without prior notice.

The following table is a summary of overdraft protection for the periods indicated:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Overdraft protection available on depositors' accounts

$

9,632

 

 

$

9,632

 

Balance of overdrafts included in loans

 

100

 

 

 

108

 

Average daily balance of overdrafts

 

97

 

 

 

117

 

Average daily balance of overdrafts as a percentage of available

 

1.01

%

 

 

1.21

%

 

Customer Derivatives - Interest Rates Swaps/Floors – The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow our commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate into a fixed-rate. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap

22


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

agreement with a third party in order to eco nomically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges under FASB ASC 815 and are marked to market through their earnings. As the interest rate swaps are s tructured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations be tween counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. There was no effect on earnings in any periods presented. At June 30 , 2015, the Company had $150,000 in cash pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the third party financial institution.

 

Summary information regarding these derivatives is presented below:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Maturity

 

Interest Rate Paid

 

Interest Rate Received

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Customer interest rate swap

$

6,052

 

 

2025

 

1 Mo. Libor + Margin

 

Fixed

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

Third party interest rate swap

 

6,052

 

 

2025

 

Fixed

 

1 Mo. Libor + Margin

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the balance sheet.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Assets

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Fair Value

 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Fair Value

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

Other assets

 

$

17

 

 

Other liabilities

 

$

17

 

 

9.) Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities:

Measurements

The Company groups assets and liabilities recorded at fair value into three levels based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement (with level 1 considered highest and level 3 considered lowest). A brief description of each level follows:

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.

 

Level 2:

  

 

Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available but which trade less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.

 

Level 3:

  

 

Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have two-way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

23


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table presents the assets reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liab ilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2015 Using

 

Description

 

June 30,

2015

 

 

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets   for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant Other Observable   Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable   Inputs

(Level 3)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

 

$

13,574

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,574

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

50,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,397

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

 

 

79,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,596

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

12,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,047

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

838

 

Regulatory stock

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

 

7,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,955

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,774

 

 

 

2,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014 Using

 

Description

 

December 31,

2014

 

 

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets   for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant Other

Observable   Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable   Inputs

(Level 3)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

101

 

 

$

 

 

$

101

 

 

$

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

 

 

8,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,648

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

50,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,091

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

 

 

85,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,587

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

13,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,992

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779

 

Regulatory stock

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

 

7,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,861

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

632

 

 

 

632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following tables present the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. The Company classifies financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at l east one significant unobservable input to the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indire ctly.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

June 30, 2014

 

 

Trust preferred

securities

 

 

Trust preferred

securities

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

Trust preferred securities

 

Beginning balance

$

759

 

 

$

743

 

 

$

779

 

 

$

10,136

 

Net realized/unrealized gains/(losses) included in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

87

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

730

 

Discount accretion (premium amortization)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,044

)

Purchases, issuance, and settlements

 

(8

)

 

 

(57

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(149

)

Ending balance

$

838

 

 

$

680

 

 

$

838

 

 

$

680

 

Losses included in net income for the period relating

   to assets held at period end

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

The Company conducts OTTI analyses on a quarterly basis. The initial indication of other-than-temporary impairment for both debt and equity securities is a decline in the fair value below the amount recorded for an investment. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. In determining whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than cost, recent events specific to the issuer, including investment downgrades by rating agencies and economic conditions of its industry, and a determination that the Company does not intend to sell those investments and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss. Among the factors that are considered in determining the Company’s intent and ability is a review of its capital adequacy, interest rate risk position and liquidity.

The Company also considers the issuer’s financial condition, capital strength and near-term prospects. In addition, for debt securities the Company considers the cause of the price decline (general level of interest rates and industry- and issuer-specific factors), current ability to make future payments in a timely manner and the issuer’s ability to service debt, the assessment of a security’s ability to recover any decline in market value, the ability of the issuer to meet contractual obligations and the Company’s intent and ability to retain the security. All of the foregoing require considerable judgment.

Trust Preferred Securities

Trust preferred securities are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 325 Investments Other . The Company evaluates current available information in estimating the future cash flows of securities and determines whether there have been favorable or adverse changes in estimated cash flows from the cash flows previously projected. The Company considers the structure and term of the pool and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the evaluation incorporates factors such as interest rates and appropriate risk premiums, the timing and amount of interest and principal payments and the allocation of payments to the various note classes. Current estimates of cash flows are based on the most recent trustee reports, announcements of deferrals or defaults, expected future default rates and other relevant market information.

As referenced in Note 2, Investment Securities, with the release of the Volcker Rule in December 2013, the Company could no longer support the ability to hold certain trust preferred securities comprised of obligations issued by insurance companies. The inability to hold the investments triggered a $2.0 million OTTI recognition reflecting the estimated fair value of the securities at December 31, 2013. For the remaining bank-issued trust preferred securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. There is a risk that subsequent evaluations could result in recognition of OTTI charges in the future. The securities had life-to-date impairment losses as presented below.

25


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table details the breakdown of trust preferred securities for the periods indicat ed:

 

 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Total number of trust preferred securities

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Par value

$

1,789

 

 

$

1,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number not considered OTTI

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Par value

$

789

 

 

$

802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number considered OTTI

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Par value

$

1,000

 

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life-to-date impairment recognized in earnings

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

Life-to-date impairment recognized in other

   comprehensive income

 

811

 

 

 

883

 

Total life-to-date impairment

$

951

 

 

$

1,023

 

 

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit rating at June 30, 2015 and the related losses recognized in earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Moody’s/Fitch

Rating

 

Amount of

OTTI

related to

credit loss at

January 1,

2015

 

 

Additions in QTD

March 31,

2015

 

 

Additions in QTD

June 30,

2015

 

 

Amount of

OTTI

related to

credit loss at

June 30,

2015

 

Trapeza IX B-1

 

Ca/CC

 

$

140

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

140

 

Total

 

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

140

 

 

The following table details the one debt security with other-than-temporary impairment, its credit ratings at June 30, 2014 and the related losses recognized in earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Moody’s/Fitch

Rating

 

Amount of

OTTI

related to

credit loss at

January 1,

2014

 

 

Additions in QTD

March 31,

2014

 

 

Additions in QTD

June 30,

2014

 

 

Amount of

OTTI

related to

credit loss at

June 30,

2014

 

Trapeza IX B-1

 

Ca/CC

 

$

140

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

140

 

Total

 

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

140

 

 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of June 30, 2015 used to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

Deal

 

Class

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Fair   Value

 

 

Unrealized

Gain/(Loss)

 

 

Moody’s/

Fitch Rating

 

Number of

Issuers

Currently

Performing

 

Deferrals and

Defaults as a %

of Current

Collateral

 

 

Excess

Subordination as   a

% of Current

Performing

Collateral

 

PreTSL XXIII

 

C-2

 

$

789

 

 

$

351

 

 

$

(438

)

 

B2/C

 

92

 

 

23.4

%

 

 

%

Trapeza IX

 

B-1

 

 

860

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

(373

)

 

Ca/CC

 

32

 

18.3

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

1,649

 

 

$

838

 

 

$

(811

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table provides additional information related to the Company’s trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2014 used to evaluate other-than-temporary impairments:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

Deal

 

Class

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Fair   Value

 

 

Unrealized

Gain/(Loss)

 

 

Moody’s/

Fitch Rating

 

Number of

Issuers

Currently

Performing

 

 

Deferrals and

Defaults as a %

of Current

Collateral

 

 

Excess

Subordination as   a

% of Current

Performing

Collateral

 

PreTSL XXIII

 

C-2

 

$

802

 

 

$

313

 

 

$

(489

)

 

B2/C

 

 

91

 

 

 

25.2

%

 

 

%

Trapeza IX

 

B-1

 

 

860

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

(394

)

 

Ca/CC

 

 

33

 

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

1,662

 

 

$

779

 

 

$

(883

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The market for these securities at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is not active and markets for similar securities are also not active. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which trust preferred securities trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels. The new issue market is also inactive as no new trust preferred securities have been issued since 2007. There are currently very few market participants who are willing and/or able to transact for these securities. The pooled market value for these securities remains very depressed relative to historical levels. Although there has been marked improvement in the credit spread premium in the corporate bond space, no such improvement has been noted in the market for trust preferred securities.

Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and the new issue markets, the Company determined the following:

The few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair value at June 30, 2015;

An income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008; and

The trust preferred securities will be classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because the Company determined that significant judgments are required to determine fair value at the measurement date.

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred security valuations. The approach to determining fair value involved the following process:

1.

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating levels).

2.

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with other banks).

3.

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the resulting distribution among the securities, including prepayment and cures.

4.

Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.

The effective discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.21% to 13.99% and are highly dependent upon the credit quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred security and the prepayment assumptions.

 

27


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

T he following table presents the assets measured on a nonrecurring basis on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of June 30 , 2015 and December 31, 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the impa ired loans include: quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level 1 inputs; observable inputs, employed by certified appraisers, for similar assets classified as Level 2 inputs. In cases where valuation techniques include inputs that are un observable and are based on estimates and assumptions developed by management based on the best information available under each circumstance, the asset valuation is classified as Level 3 inputs. Other real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or f air value less estimated costs to sell.

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,735

 

 

$

5,735

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

40

 

 

Financial Instruments

The Company disclosures fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate the value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other estimation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.

Such techniques and assumptions, as they apply to individual categories of the financial instruments, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of those assets’ fair value.

Investment securities – Fair values of securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable securities. Prices on trust preferred securities were calculated using a discounted cash-flow technique. Cash flows were estimated based on credit and prepayment assumptions. The present value of the projected cash flows was calculated using a discount rate equal to the current yield used to accrete the beneficial interest.

Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale consist of residential mortgage loans originated for sale. Loans held for sale are recorded at fair value based on what the secondary markets have offered on best efforts commitments.

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses – Market quotations are generally not available for loan portfolios. The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms and qualities would be made to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Bank-owned life insurance – The fair value is based upon the cash surrender value of the underlying policies and matches the book value.

Accrued interest receivable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these assets’ fair value.

Interest rate derivatives – The fair value is based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counter parties and the Company and observable market interest rate curves.

Demand, savings and money market deposits – Demand, savings, and money market deposit accounts are valued at the amount payable on demand.

Time deposits – The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.

28


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Short term borrowings – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Consequently, their carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value .

FHLB advances - short term – Short term borrowings generally have an original term to maturity of one year or less. Advances of one month or less are considered to be at fair value. The fair value of notes with one to twelve month terms is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates are estimated using market rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.

FHLB advances - long term – The fair value for fixed rate advances is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates at which advances would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair value for the fixed rate advances that are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB and the FHLB fixed rate advances that are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB are priced using the FHLB of Cincinnati’s model.

Subordinated debt – The floating issuances curves to maturity are averaged to obtain an index. The spread between BBB-rated bank debt and 25-year swap rates is determined to calculate the spread on outstanding trust preferred securities. The discount margin is then added to the index to arrive at a discount rate, which determines the present value of projected cash flows.

Accrued interest payable – The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of these liabilities’ fair value. The fair value of unrecorded commitments at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is not material.

In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the disclosures, such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30, 2015

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Fair Value

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

9,344

 

 

$

9,344

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

9,344

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

159,501

 

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

155,614

 

 

 

838

 

 

 

159,501

 

Trading securities

 

7,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,955

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,955

 

Loans held for sale

 

2,774

 

 

 

2,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,774

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

352,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

355,723

 

 

 

355,723

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

17,162

 

 

 

17,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,162

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,757

 

 

 

1,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,757

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, savings and money market deposits

$

315,693

 

 

$

315,693

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

315,693

 

Time deposits

 

131,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,288

 

 

 

134,288

 

Short term borrowings

 

5,483

 

 

 

5,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,483

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term

 

21,000

 

 

 

14,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,498

 

 

 

20,998

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,977

 

 

 

25,977

 

Subordinated debt

 

5,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,527

 

 

 

4,527

 

Accrued interest payable

 

234

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

234

 

Interest rate derivatives

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

29


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Fair Value

 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

10,569

 

 

$

10,569

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,569

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

162,247

 

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

158,419

 

 

 

779

 

 

 

162,247

 

Trading securities

 

7,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,861

 

Loans held for sale

 

632

 

 

 

632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

632

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

354,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359,518

 

 

 

359,518

 

Bank-owned life insurance

 

16,990

 

 

 

16,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,990

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,723

 

 

 

1,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, savings and money market deposits

$

326,554

 

 

$

326,554

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

326,554

 

Time deposits

 

130,207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,171

 

 

 

133,171

 

Short term borrowings

 

4,259

 

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,259

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - short term

 

15,500

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,490

 

 

 

15,490

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances - long term

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,194

 

 

 

26,194

 

Subordinated debt

 

5,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,573

 

 

 

4,573

 

Accrued interest payable

 

248

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

30


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at June 30 , 2015:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at

June 30,

2015

 

 

Valuation

Technique

 

Significant

Unobservable Input

 

Description of Inputs

Trust preferred securities

$

838

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

Projected

Prepayments

 

1)

Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals depending on spread.

2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%.

3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate issues.

4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

Defaults

 

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as described below, are projected to default immediately.

2) Banks with high, near team default risk are identified using a CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately. Healthy banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, and 0.36% annually thereafter.

3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same credit ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the first two years of the projection to account for current economic conditions. Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected Cures

 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be acquired or recapitalized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

Recoveries

 

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rates

 

1) Ranging from ~10.21% to ~13.99%, depending on each bond's seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

5,735

 

 

Appraisal of

Collateral (1)

 

Appraisal

Adjustments (2)

 

Range (0)% to (53)%

Weighted average (28)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidation

Expenses (2)

 

Range (0)% to (43)%

Weighted average (6)%

(1)

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable.

(2)

Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a percentage of unpaid principal.

31


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

The following table presents quantitative information about the Level 3 significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at Decem ber 31, 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value at

December 31,

2014

 

 

Valuation Technique

 

Significant

Unobservable Input

 

Description of Inputs

Trust preferred securities

$

779

 

 

Discounted Cash Flow

 

Projected

Prepayments

 

1) Trust preferred securities issued by banks subject to Dodd-Frank's phase-out of trust preferred securities from Tier 1 Capital.  All fixed rate within one year; variable rate at increasing intervals depending on spread.

2) Trust preferred securities issued by healthy, well capitalized banks that have fixed rate coupons greater than 8%.

3) 1% annually for all other fixed rate issues and all variable rate issues.

4) Zero for collateral issued by REITs and 2% for insurance companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

Defaults

 

1) All deferring issuers that do not meet the criteria for curing, as described below, are  projected to default immediately.

2) Banks with high, near team  default risk are identified using a CAMELS model, and projected to default immediately.  Healthy banks are projected to default at a rate of 2% annually for 2 years, and 0.36% annually thereafter.

3) Insurance and REIT defaults are projected according to the historical default rates exhibited by companies with the same credit ratings. Historical default rates are doubled in each of the first two years of the projection to account for current economic conditions. Unrated issuers are assumed to have CCC- ratings.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected Cures

 

1) Deferring issuers that have definitive agreements to either be acquired or  recapitalized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected

Recoveries

 

1) Zero for insurance companies, REITs and insolvent banks, and 10% for projected bank deferrals lagged 2 years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount Rates

 

1) Ranging from ~10.24% to ~15.75%, depending on each bond's seniority and remaining subordination after projected losses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

6,288

 

 

Appraisal of

Collateral (1)

 

Appraisal

Adjustments  (2)

 

Range (0)% to (40)%

Weighted average (23)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidation

Expenses (2)

 

Range (0)% to (33)%

Weighted average (6)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

40

 

 

Appraisal of

Collateral (1), (3)

 

Appraisal

Adjustments  (2)

 

0%

 

(1)

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable.

(2)

Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses are presented as a percent of the appraisal. The adjustment of appraised value is measured as the effect on fair value as a percentage of unpaid principal.

(3)

Includes qualitative adjustments by management and estimated liquidation expenses.

 

 

32


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

10.) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component net of tax for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (a)

 

 

Change in pension and postretirement obligations

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

$

359

 

 

$

17

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

449

 

 

 

(23

)

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

449

 

 

 

(23

)

Balance as of March 31, 2015

 

808

 

 

 

(6

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

(1,167

)

 

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

(23

)

Total other comprehensive income

 

(1,167

)

 

 

(23

)

Balance as of June 30, 2015

$

(359

)

 

$

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities (a)

 

 

Change in pension and postretirement obligations

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

$

(2,860

)

 

$

(28

)

Other comprehensive income before reclassification

 

1,692

 

 

 

13

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(127

)

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

1,565

 

 

 

13

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

 

(1,295

)

 

 

(15

)

Other comprehensive loss before reclassification

 

1,269

 

 

 

13

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

 

1,269

 

 

 

13

 

Balance as of June 30, 2014

$

(26

)

 

$

(2

)

 

The following table presents significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

Affected line item in the statement where net income is presented

Details about other comprehensive income or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

$

 

 

$

 

 

Investment securities gains, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

Affected line item in the statement where net income is presented

Details about other comprehensive income or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

$

 

 

$

(193

)

 

Investment securities gains, net

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

Federal income tax expense

 

$

 

 

$

(127

)

 

Net of tax

 

11.) Post-Retirement Obligations:

The Company accrues for the monthly benefit expense of post-retirement cost of insurance for split dollar life insurance coverage. The following table presents the changes in the accumulated liability:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Beginning balance

$

653

 

 

$

600

 

 

$

585

 

 

$

614

 

Expense recorded

 

45

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

91

 

 

 

(2

)

Other comprehensive income recorded

 

23

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

45

 

 

 

(26

)

Ending balance

$

721

 

 

$

586

 

 

$

721

 

 

$

586

 

 

 

12.) Stock Repurchase Program:

 

On March 24, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Stock Repurchase Program which permits the Company to repurchase up to 200,000 shares or approximately 4.4% of its 4,527,849 outstanding common shares in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on the value of the Company’s stock on March 24, 2015, the commitment to repurchase the stock during the program is approximately $3.1 million. The repurchase program will terminate on December 31, 2015 or upon the purchase of 200,000 shares, if earlier or any other time without prior notice. Repurchased shares are designated as treasury shares, available for general corporate purposes, including possible use in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment program, employee benefit plans, acquisitions or other distributions. As of June 30, 2015 the Company had repurchased 10,000 shares under the program to date. Based on the value of the Company’s stock on June 30, 2015, the commitment to repurchase the stock during the remainder of the program is approximately $2.7 million.

 

 


34


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

13.) Short-Term Borrowings:

 

The following table provides additional detail regarding short-term borrowings:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

Repurchase Agreements (Sweep)

 

 

Accounted for as Secured Borrowings

 

 

At June 30, 2015

 

 

At December 31, 2014

 

 

Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements

 

 

Overnight and Continuous

 

 

Overnight and Continuous

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

U.S. Government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities

$

8,267

 

 

$

6,137

 

U.S. Government-sponsored collateralized mortgage obligations

 

1,230

 

 

 

1,361

 

Total collateral carrying value

$

9,497

 

 

$

7,498

 

Total short-term borrowings

$

5,483

 

 

$

4,259

 

 

35


 

 

CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS, YIELDS AND RATES (UNAUDITED)

 

 

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)

 

 

YEAR-TO-DATE AS OF

 

 

JUNE 30, 2015

 

 

DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

 

JUNE 30, 2014

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning deposits

$

5,945

 

 

$

9

 

 

 

0.32

%

 

$

6,686

 

 

$

21

 

 

 

0.31

%

 

$

6,600

 

 

$

10

 

 

 

0.32

%

Investment securities available for

   sale and trading (1) (2) (3)

 

169,592

 

 

 

2,584

 

 

 

3.05

%

 

 

175,000

 

 

 

5,381

 

 

 

3.07

%

 

 

175,357

 

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

3.09

%

Loans (1) (2) (3)

 

349,970

 

 

 

8,279

 

 

 

4.75

%

 

 

326,561

 

 

 

16,154

 

 

 

4.95

%

 

 

323,733

 

 

 

8,068

 

 

 

5.00

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

525,507

 

 

$

10,872

 

 

 

4.15

%

 

 

508,247

 

 

$

21,556

 

 

 

4.24

%

 

 

505,690

 

 

$

10,785

 

 

 

4.28

%

Cash and due from banks

 

7,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

6,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,615

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

22,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest-earning assets

 

35,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,295

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

561,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

542,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

538,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND

   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

$

105,862

 

 

$

119

 

 

 

0.23

%

 

$

92,338

 

 

$

178

 

 

 

0.19

%

 

$

91,755

 

 

$

83

 

 

 

0.18

%

Savings

 

114,467

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

114,955

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

115,569

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

0.06

%

Time

 

134,129

 

 

 

663

 

 

 

1.01

%

 

 

130,245

 

 

 

1,449

 

 

 

1.11

%

 

 

129,472

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

1.14

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

354,458

 

 

 

815

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

337,538

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

0.50

%

 

 

336,796

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

0.51

%

Other borrowings

 

44,931

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

1.89

%

 

 

46,886

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

2.35

%

 

 

47,297

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

2.48

%

Subordinated debt

 

5,155

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1.71

%

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

1.70

%

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1.69

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

404,544

 

 

$

1,279

 

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

389,579

 

 

$

2,884

 

 

 

0.74

%

 

 

389,248

 

 

$

1,470

 

 

 

0.76

%

Demand deposits

 

93,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

7,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

56,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and

   shareholders' equity

$

561,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

542,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

538,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

9,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,315

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.52

%

Net interest margin (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.66

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.67

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.69

%

Ratio of interest-earning assets

   to interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

 

(1)

Includes both taxable and tax exempt loans and investment securities available-for-sale and trading.

(2)

The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment for loans and investments available-for-sale and trading was $14,000 and $435,000, respectively, for June 30, 2015; $34,000 and $857,000, respectively, for December 31, 2014; and $19,000 and $426,000, respectively, for June 30, 2014.

(3)

Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and includes both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less average deferred fees and costs.

(4)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(5)

Interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by total interest-earning assets.


36


 

C ONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS, YIELDS AND RATES (UNAUDITED)

 

 

(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)

 

 

QUARTER-TO-DATE AS OF

 

 

JUNE 30, 2015

 

 

MARCH 31, 2015

 

 

JUNE 30, 2014

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Rate

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest earning deposits

$

5,861

 

 

$

4

 

 

 

0.34

%

 

$

6,030

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

0.30

%

 

$

7,516

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

0.33

%

Investment securities available for

   sale and trading (1) (2) (3)

 

167,713

 

 

 

1,234

 

 

 

2.94

%

 

 

171,491

 

 

 

1,350

 

 

 

3.16

%

 

 

179,546

 

 

 

1,377

 

 

 

3.06

%

Loans (1) (2) (3)

 

350,909

 

 

 

4,192

 

 

 

4.79

%

 

 

349,021

 

 

 

4,087

 

 

 

4.71

%

 

 

315,426

 

 

 

3,970

 

 

 

5.01

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

524,483

 

 

$

5,430

 

 

 

4.14

%

 

 

526,542

 

 

$

5,442

 

 

 

4.16

%

 

 

502,488

 

 

$

5,352

 

 

 

4.26

%

Cash and due from banks

 

7,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank premises and equipment

 

6,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

23,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest-earning assets

 

36,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

561,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

561,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

536,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND

   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

$

106,105

 

 

$

61

 

 

 

0.23

%

 

$

105,617

 

 

$

58

 

 

 

0.22

%

 

$

88,545

 

 

$

41

 

 

 

0.19

%

Savings

 

114,452

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

114,480

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

0.06

%

 

 

115,714

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.06

%

Time

 

133,061

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

0.99

%

 

 

135,209

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

1.02

%

 

 

129,698

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

1.13

%

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

353,618

 

 

 

400

 

 

 

0.45

%

 

 

355,306

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

 

333,957

 

 

 

414

 

 

 

0.50

%

Other borrowings

 

43,949

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

1.91

%

 

 

45,925

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

1.87

%

 

 

45,005

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

2.60

%

Subordinated debt

 

5,155

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

1.72

%

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

1.70

%

 

 

5,155

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

1.68

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

402,722

 

 

$

631

 

 

 

0.63

%

 

 

406,386

 

 

$

648

 

 

 

0.65

%

 

 

384,117

 

 

$

726

 

 

 

0.76

%

Demand deposits

 

94,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91,873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

7,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

56,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and

   shareholders' equity

$

561,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

561,412

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

536,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

4,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,626

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.50

%

Net interest margin (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.66

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.66

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.68

%

Ratio of interest-earning assets to

   interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.31

 

 

(1)

Includes both taxable and tax exempt loans and investment securities available-for-sale and trading.

(2)

The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory rate of 34%, and have been adjusted to reflect the effect of disallowed interest expenses related to carrying tax-exempt assets. The tax equivalent income adjustment for loans and investments available-for-sale and trading was $7,000 and $217,000, respectively, for June 30, 2015; $7,000 and $218,000, respectively, for March 31, 2015; and $9,000 and $220,000, respectively, for June 30, 2014.

(3)

Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all non-accrual investment securities and loans. Investment securities consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount and includes both taxable and tax-exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans, including loans held for sale, less average deferred fees and costs.

(4)

Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

(5)

Interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by total interest-earning assets.

 

 

37


 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DA TA FOR THE QUARTER ENDED

(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts)

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

March 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

September 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

Unaudited

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

5,206

 

 

$

5,217

 

 

$

5,222

 

 

$

5,103

 

 

$

5,123

 

Total interest expense

 

 

(631

)

 

 

(648

)

 

 

(688

)

 

 

(726

)

 

 

(726

)

NET INTEREST INCOME  (NII)

 

 

4,575

 

 

 

4,569

 

 

 

4,534

 

 

 

4,377

 

 

 

4,397

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(1,150

)

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(150

)

NII after loss provision

 

 

4,445

 

 

 

4,409

 

 

 

3,384

 

 

 

4,189

 

 

 

4,247

 

Investment securities (losses) gains

 

 

(38

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

397

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

141

 

Mortgage banking gains

 

 

160

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

117

 

Other income

 

 

736

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

742

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

689

 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

(4,187

)

 

 

(3,994

)

 

 

(4,115

)

 

 

(3,852

)

 

 

(3,909

)

Income before tax expense

 

 

1,116

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

564

 

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

1,285

 

Federal income tax expense

 

 

200

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

246

 

Net income

 

$

916

 

 

$

1,149

 

 

$

543

 

 

$

955

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.25

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.23

 

Book value

 

 

12.50

 

 

 

12.62

 

 

 

12.33

 

 

 

12.20

 

 

 

12.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

568,819

 

 

$

555,996

 

 

$

568,932

 

 

$

549,297

 

 

$

534,417

 

Investments

 

 

167,456

 

 

 

170,512

 

 

 

170,108

 

 

 

172,805

 

 

 

178,592

 

Loans

 

 

357,873

 

 

 

343,911

 

 

 

360,185

 

 

 

330,187

 

 

 

316,567

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

5,454

 

 

 

5,365

 

 

 

5,202

 

 

 

4,078

 

 

 

4,134

 

Deposits

 

 

447,373

 

 

 

439,471

 

 

 

456,761

 

 

 

430,255

 

 

 

425,065

 

Borrowings

 

 

56,638

 

 

 

52,753

 

 

 

49,914

 

 

 

57,223

 

 

 

48,435

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

56,455

 

 

 

57,155

 

 

 

55,852

 

 

 

55,245

 

 

 

54,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

561,263

 

 

$

561,412

 

 

$

552,680

 

 

$

540,281

 

 

$

536,276

 

Investments

 

 

167,713

 

 

 

171,491

 

 

 

172,008

 

 

 

177,289

 

 

 

179,545

 

Loans

 

 

348,506

 

 

 

348,180

 

 

 

335,885

 

 

 

320,798

 

 

 

314,826

 

Deposits

 

 

447,987

 

 

 

447,179

 

 

 

437,924

 

 

 

425,948

 

 

 

424,119

 

Borrowings

 

 

49,104

 

 

 

51,080

 

 

 

50,816

 

 

 

52,459

 

 

 

50,160

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

56,443

 

 

 

56,375

 

 

 

55,756

 

 

 

54,553

 

 

 

53,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSET QUALITY RATIOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

$

(41

)

 

$

3

 

 

$

(26

)

 

$

(244

)

 

$

(67

)

Net (charge-offs) recoveries as a percentage of average

   total loans

 

 

(0.05

)%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

(0.03

)%

 

 

(0.30

)%

 

 

(0.09

)%

Loans 30 days or more beyond their contractual due date as a

   percent of total loans

 

 

1.57

%

 

 

1.73

%

 

 

2.22

%

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

1.16

%

Nonperforming loans

 

$

8,861

 

 

$

9,301

 

 

$

9,237

 

 

$

7,449

 

 

$

7,578

 

Nonperforming securities

 

 

838

 

 

 

759

 

 

 

779

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

251

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

9,699

 

 

$

10,060

 

 

$

10,056

 

 

$

8,234

 

 

$

7,886

 

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

1.71

%

 

 

1.81

%

 

 

1.77

%

 

 

1.50

%

 

 

1.48

%

Equity plus allowance for loan losses

 

 

15.67

 

 

 

16.09

 

 

 

16.47

 

 

 

13.88

 

 

 

13.48

 

Tier I capital

 

 

16.00

 

 

 

16.75

 

 

 

17.13

 

 

 

14.07

 

 

 

13.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL RATIOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

 

6.49

%

 

 

8.15

%

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

7.00

%

 

 

7.81

%

Return on average assets

 

 

0.65

 

 

 

0.82

 

 

 

0.39

 

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

0.77

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

74.01

 

 

 

68.29

 

 

 

72.72

 

 

 

70.89

 

 

 

70.14

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

17.92

 

 

 

21.84

 

 

 

3.72

 

 

 

18.45

 

 

 

19.14

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.66

 

 

 

3.66

 

 

 

3.68

 

 

 

3.64

 

 

 

3.68

 

 

Earnings per share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period.

 

38


 

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Review

The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Cortland Bancorp (the Company). The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial information included elsewhere in this quarterly report.

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical information, certain information included in this discussion and other material filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.

Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area, including the impact of the impairment of securities; political actions, including failure of the United States Congress to raise the federal debt ceiling or the imposition of changes in the federal budget; changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity, such as expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; changes in assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses, reserves for repurchase of mortgage loans sold and other estimates; and risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.

While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.

Analysis of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Earning assets are comprised of deposits at financial institutions, including the Federal Reserve Bank, investment securities and loans. Earning assets were $529.9 million at June 30, 2015, a decrease of 0.9% from the December 31, 2014 balance of $534.9 million. The decrease from December 31, 2014 was mainly due to a decrease in loans of $2.3 million and a decrease in investments of $2.7 million. Total assets of $568.8 million at June 30, 2015 is unchanged from the December 31, 2014 asset total of $568.9 million.

At June 30, 2015, the investment securities available-for-sale portfolio was $159.5 million compared to $162.2 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $2.7 million, or 1.7%. Investment securities represented 30.1% of earning assets at June 30, 2015, compared to 30.3% at December 31, 2014. As the Company manages its balance sheet for loan growth, asset mix, liquidity and current interest rates and interest rate forecasts, the investment portfolio is a primary source of liquidity. The investment securities available-for-sale portfolio represented 35.7% of each deposit dollar at June 30, 2015, up slightly from 35.5% of year-end levels.

The investment securities available-for-sale portfolio had net unrealized losses of $358,000 at June 30, 2015, a decrease of $717,000 compared to net unrealized gains of $359,000 at December 31, 2014.

The Company had an investment in trading securities of $8.0 million at June 30, 2015 and $7.9 million at December 31, 2014. This modest allocation of the securities portfolio into obligations of state and political subdivisions and cash equivalent instruments is intended to diversify the earnings of the portfolio with non-interest income.

Loans held for sale increased to $2.8 million at June 30, 2015 compared to $632,000 at December 31, 2014. The variance is reflective of mortgage banking volume.

39


 

T otal loans at June 30 , 2015 were $ 357.9 million compared to $ 360.2 million at December 31, 201 4, a 0 .6 % decrease. The decrease in loan balances from year-end was due in part to 60-day term com mercial loans for a total of $22.6 million that closed in December 201 4 and were fully secured by segregated deposit accounts with the Bank. The loans matu red in the first quarter of 2015 . Excluding these seasonal loans at December 31, 2014, total loans actually increased $2 0 .3 million, or 6.0%. The Company continues its obje ctive of shifting its asset mix into in-market commercial loans with the intent of improving net interest margin. Total gross loans as a percentage of earning assets stood at 67.5 % as of June 30 , 2015 and 67.3 % as of December 31, 201 4 . The total loan-to-de posit ratio was 80.0 % at June 30 , 2015 and 78.9 % at December 31, 201 4 .

At June 30, 2015, the allowance for loan losses of $5.5 million represented approximately 1.5% of outstanding loans. The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014 of $5.2 million represented approximately 1.4% of outstanding loans, or 1.5% excluding the 60-day term loans to which none of the allowance was allocated.

 

During the first six months, loan charge-offs were $113,000 in 2015 compared to $239,000 for the same period in 2014, while the recovery of previously charged-off loans amounted to $75,000 in 2015 and $309,000 in 2014. The net charge-offs or net recoveries represent less than 0.1% of average loans for both 2015 and 2014. Charge-offs of specific problem loans, as well as for smaller balance homogeneous loans, are recorded periodically during the year. The number of loan accounts and the amount of charge-offs associated with account balances vary from period to period as loans are deemed uncollectible by management. Nonaccrual loans were $5.3 million at June 30, 2015, or 1.5%, of loans, comparable to $5.6 million, or 1.5 %, of loans at December 31, 2014.

 

Bank-owned life insurance had a cash surrender value of $17.2 million at June 30, 2015 and $17.0 million at December 31, 2014.

 

Other assets increased to $11.3 million at June 30, 2015 from $8.0 million at December 31, 2014. At June 30, 2015 a $3.6 million investment in a partnership fund is included in other assets compared to $1.7 million at December 31, 2014.  This accounted for most of the increase with an offsetting $2.6 million at June 30, 2015 and $810,000 at December 31, 2014 in other liabilities, which is the commitment to fund this affordable housing investment. Also included in other assets is deferred taxes of $3.8 million and $3.4 million as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. In 2015, an investment of $350,000 into a pooled fund of small business administration loans was an addition to other assets.

Noninterest-bearing deposits measured $94.1 million at June 30, 2015 compared to $94.7 million at December 31, 2014. Interest-bearing deposits decreased $8.8 million to $353.3 million at June 30, 2015 from $362.0 million at December 31, 2014. The decrease in interest-bearing deposits from year end is due mainly to segregated money market deposit accounts with the Bank which fully collateralized $22.6 million in 60-day term commercial loans that closed in December 2014. The loans matured and the deposits withdrew in the first quarter of 2015. Absent the collateral deposits, interest-bearing deposits increased $13.8 million, or 4.1%, over the six months.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and short-term borrowings increased to $51.5 million at June 30, 2015 from $44.8 million at December 31, 2014. Management continues to use short-term borrowings to bridge its current cash flow needs resulting in variations from period to period. Other liabilities measured $8.4 million at June 30, 2015 and $6.4 million at December 31, 2014. The increase is due mainly to the commitment to fund the affordable housing investment described above.

The Company improved its capital levels in the first six months of 2015. The Company’s total shareholders’ equity measured $56.5 million at June 30, 2015 and $55.9 million on December 31, 2014. The Company’s capital continues to meet the requirements for the Company to be deemed well-capitalized under all regulatory measures.

Cash dividends of $0.12 per share were paid to shareholders of record to date in 2015. Cash dividends of $0.18 per share were paid to shareholders of record in 2014, with $0.08 in the first half of 2014.

Capital Resources

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

 

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five categories, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If a bank is only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to, among other things, accept, renew or roll-over

40


 

brokered deposits. If a bank is undercapitalized, capital distributions and growth and expansion are limited, and plans for capital restoration are required.

 

In July 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S. banks (commonly known as Basel III). Under the final rules, which began for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period through January 1, 2019, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company and the Bank. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio (CET1 ratio) of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which when fully phased-in, effectively results in a minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%. Basel III raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% (which, with the capital conservation buffer, effectively results in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% when fully phased-in), effectively results in a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 10.5% (with the capital conservation buffer fully phased-in), and requires a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Basel III also makes changes to risk weights for certain assets and off-balance-sheet exposures. Management expects that the capital ratios for the Company and the Bank under Basel III will continue to exceed the well capitalized minimum capital requirements.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, actual capital levels and minimum required levels were:

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Actual

 

 

Minimum required for capital

adequacy purposes

 

 

To be capitalized under prompt corrective action regulations

 

June 30, 2015

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

CET1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

55,606

 

 

 

12.88

%

 

$

19,431

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

51,378

 

 

 

11.98

%

 

 

19,297

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

$

32,081

 

 

 

6.5

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

60,606

 

 

 

14.04

%

 

 

25,907

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

51,378

 

 

 

11.98

%

 

 

25,730

 

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

25,648

 

 

 

8.0

%

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

65,979

 

 

 

15.28

%

 

 

34,543

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

62,751

 

 

 

14.63

%

 

 

34,307

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

28,444

 

 

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

60,606

 

 

 

10.83

%

 

 

22,383

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

51,378

 

 

 

9.23

%

 

 

22,257

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

29,121

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Actual

 

 

Minimum required for capital adequacy purposes

 

 

To be capitalized under prompt corrective action regulations

 

December 31, 2014

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

58,705

 

 

 

14.58

%

 

$

16,106

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

50,192

 

 

 

12.56

%

 

 

15,986

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

23,978

 

 

 

6.0

%

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

63,704

 

 

 

15.82

%

 

 

32,212

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

61,191

 

 

 

15.31

%

 

 

31,971

 

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

39,964

 

 

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

58,705

 

 

 

10.66

%

 

 

22,024

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

50,192

 

 

 

9.17

%

 

 

21,896

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

27,369

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

Approximately $5.0 million of trust preferred securities outstanding at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, qualified as Tier 1 capital. Refer to Note 7, “Subordinated Debt.”

 

The Bank was categorized as "well capitalized" at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

41


 

Certain Non-GAAP Measures

Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Specifically, certain financial measures are based on core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such information may be useful to both investors and management and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non-GAAP measure of core earnings is referenced as part of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.

Core earnings, which exclude certain non-recurring items, decreased for the six months ended June 30, 2015 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. Core earnings for the first six months of 2015 were $2.1 million, or $0.46 per share, compared to $2.2 million, or $0.50 per share for the first six months of 2014. Core earnings for the second quarter of 2015 were $916,000, or $0.21 per share, compared to $1.0 million, or $0.23 per share, for the second quarter of 2014.

The following is the reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under GAAP.

 

 

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

GAAP earnings

$

916

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,371

 

Investment gains not in the ordinary course of business

    (net of tax)*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(127

)

Core earnings

$

916

 

 

$

1,039

 

 

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,244

 

Core earnings per share

$

0.21

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.50

 

 

  *  Sale of securities due to Volcker Rule  

 

Analysis of Net Interest Income – Six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest income measured $9.6 million for June 30, 2015 and $9.3 million for June 30, 2014. The resulting net interest margin was 3.66% for June 30, 2015 and 3.69% for June 30, 2014.  

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $87,000 is the product of a 3.9% year-over-year increase in average earning assets offset somewhat by a 13 basis point decrease in interest rates earned. The decrease in interest expense of $191,000 was a product of a 12 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 3.9% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was a 3.0% increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 3 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest margin on a slightly smaller asset base with a different mix.

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $123,000, or 4.5%. The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $5.8 million, or 3.3%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 4 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The Company will continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans which generate greater yields than securities.

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $211,000, or 2.6%, for June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. A $26.2 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 8.1%, was accompanied by a 25 basis point decrease in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is near historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances.

Other interest income decreased by $1,000, or 10.0%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning deposits decreased by $655,000, or 9.9%. The yield remained the same from 2014 to 2015. Management intends to remain fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.

42


 

Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money ma rket accounts increased by $14.1 million, or 15.4%, for the six months ended June 30 , 2015 compared to the same period of 2014, while average sa vings balances decreased by $1,000, or 1.0 %. I nterest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits a nd money market accounts was $119,000, a $3 6,000 increase from last year. The average rate paid on these products increased by 5 basis points . I nterest paid on savings accounts was $33 ,000, which is un change d from 2014. The average rate paid on savings accounts remained the same. The average balance of time de posit products increased by $4.7 million, or 3.6 %, as the average rate paid decreased by 1 3 basis points, from 1.14% to 1.01 %. Interest expense decreased on ti me deposi ts by $66 ,000 from the prior year. As time deposits mature, the balances are reinvested at the lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company is experiencing a flattening on a linked quarter basis.

Average borrowings and subordinated debt decreased by $2.4 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 53 basis points. Management has refinanced $4.0 million of long-term borrowings at their respective 2015 maturity dates at substantially lower rates and continues to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. There are no additional upcoming maturing long-term advances.

Impairment Analysis of Investment Securities

The Company owns two trust preferred securities totaling $2.0 million (original face) consisting of collateral issued by banks, thrifts, and insurance companies. The market for these securities at June 30, 2015 is not fully active and markets for similar securities are also not completely active. Given conditions in the debt markets today and the absence of observable transactions in the secondary and new issue markets, the Company determined the few observable transactions and market quotations that are available are not reliable for purposes of determining fair value at June 30, 2015. It was decided that an income valuation approach technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs would be more representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at measurement dates prior to 2008.

The Company enlisted the aid of an independent third party to perform the trust preferred securities valuations. The approach to determining fair value involved the following process:

1.

Estimate the credit quality of the collateral using average probability of default values for each issuer (adjusted for rating levels).

2.

Consider the potential for correlation among issuers within the same industry for default probabilities (e.g. banks with other banks).

3.

Forecast the cash flows for the underlying collateral and apply to each trust preferred security tranche to determine the resulting distribution among the securities.

4.

Discount the expected cash flows to calculate the present value of the security.

The effective fair value discount rates on an overall basis generally range from 10.21% to 13.99% and are highly dependent upon the credit quality of the collateral, the relative position of the tranche in the capital structure of the trust preferred securities and the prepayment assumptions.

Based upon the results of the analysis, the Company currently believes that a weighted average price of approximately $0.47 per $1.00 of par value is representative of the fair value of the two trust preferred securities, with individual securities therein ranging from $0.45 to $0.49.

The Company considered all information available as of June 30, 2015 to estimate the impairment and resulting fair value of the trust preferred securities. These securities are supported by a number of banks and insurance companies located throughout the country. While the number of bank failures has declined since the historically high failure rates of 2009, 2010 and 2011, there is still the potential for troubled banks to fail. The Company did not recognize any credit related impairment in the first six months of 2015 or 2014. If the conditions of the underlying banks in the trust preferred securities worsen, there may be additional impairment to recognize in 2015 or later.

43


 

Analysis of Provision for Loan Losses , Non-Interest Income, Non-Interest Expense and Feder al Income Tax - Six Months Ended June 30 , 2015 and 2014

During the first six months of both 2015 and 2014, the amount charged to operations as a provision for loan losses was adjusted to account for charge-offs against the allowance, as well as an increase in loan balances recorded in the portfolio, expected losses on specific problem loans and several qualitative factors, including factors specific to the local economy and to industries operating in the local market. The Company has allocated a portion of the allowance for a number of specific problem loans through 2015 and 2014, but has not experienced significant deterioration in any loan type, including the residential real estate portfolios or the commercial loan portfolio, and accordingly has not added any special provision for these loan types. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, the provision for loan losses was $290,000. For the same period in 2014, the provision was $300,000. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan growth and a changing composition of the loan portfolio as the Company manages its balance sheet with a commercially-oriented focus.

Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains and losses, increased by $405,000, or 26.3%, for June 30, 2015 compared to June 30, 2014. After gains and losses on investment securities, non-interest income decreased by $85,000, or 4.3%, in the first six months of 2015 compared to the first six months of 2014.

Gains on securities called and net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities decreased by $193,000 in the first six months of 2015 from year ago levels. The Company sold ten trust preferred securities (including all of the nine iTruPS) accounting for the entire gain in 2014. Trading security losses of $30,000 were recorded in 2015, a decrease of $297,000 from gains of $267,000 recorded in 2014, reflective of trending of interest rates in the respective quarters.

Mortgage banking gains increased to $345,000 at June 30, 2015 from $198,000 at June 30, 2014, an increase of $147,000. Wealth management income of $307,000 was recorded in 2015, compared to $165,000 in 2014, an increase of $142,000. As a revenue diversification initiative, the Company continues to expand wealth management efforts.  Advisors sell non-deposit investment products to customers in the Bank’s branch network through a third party marketing and sales support provider. As assets under management grow, fee income paid by the third party provider of non-deposit investment products will continue to enhance non-interest income revenue. Other sources of non-interest income increased by $116,000 from the same period a year ago. This latter income category is subject to fluctuation due to the non-recurring nature of some of the items. In 2015, the Bank entered into swap agreements for its commercial loan customers and recorded $94,000 in fee income.

Total non-interest expenses in the first six months were $8.2 million in 2015 compared to $7.5 million in 2014, an increase of $649,000, or 8.6%. During the first six months of 2015, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $336,000, or 7.5%, from the similar period a year ago. The increase is due partially to normal salary increases and costs of employee benefits. Also, the variable compensation relative to the wealth management and mortgage banking areas increased commensurate to the increased revenues. Full time equivalent employment averaged 151 during the first six months of 2015 and 152 during the first six months of 2014.

 

All other expense categories increased by $313,000, or 10.3%, in the aggregate. These expense categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. Contributing to expenses in the six months ending June 30, 2015 were the opening of two loan production offices, together with continued investment into information technology relative to improved security monitoring, improved operational performance, and enhanced customer account analysis. This also contributed to a slight decrease in the efficiency ratio from 67.7% for the first six months of 2014 to 71.1% for the first six months of 2015.

The effective tax rate for the first six months was 20.1% in 2015 and 21.9% in 2014, resulting in income tax expense of $521,000 in 2015 and $665,000 in 2014. These effective rates are normalized tax rates based on the current rate of profitability and tax free components of the revenue stream.

44


 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate (34%) to pre-tax income as a result of the following differences:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

Balance

 

 

%

 

 

Balance

 

 

%

 

Provision at statutory rate

$

879

 

 

 

34.0

 

 

$

1,032

 

 

 

34.0

 

Add (Deduct) tax effects of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Earnings on bank-owned life insurance-net

 

(58

)

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(1.8

)

     Non-taxable interest income

 

(304

)

 

 

(11.8

)

 

 

(303

)

 

 

(10.0

)

     Low income housing tax credits

 

(44

)

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(0.9

)

    Non-deductible expenses

 

48

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.6

 

Federal income tax expense

$

521

 

 

 

20.1

 

 

$

665

 

 

 

21.9

 

 

  Analysis of Net Interest Income – Three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. On a fully taxable equivalent basis, net interest income measured $4.8 million for June 30, 2015 and $4.6 million for June 30, 2014. The resulting net interest margin was 3.66% for June 30, 2015 and 3.68% for June 30, 2014.  

The increase in interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of $78,000 is the product of a 4.4% year-over-year increase in average earning assets offset somewhat by a 12 basis point decrease in interest rates earned. The decrease in interest expense of $95,000 was a product of a 13 basis point decrease in rates paid and a 4.8% increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. The net result was a 3.7% increase in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, and a 2 basis point decrease in the Company’s net interest margin on a slightly smaller asset base with a different mix.

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on investment securities available-for-sale and trading decreased by $143,000, or 10.4%. The average invested balances in these securities decreased by $11.8 million, or 6.6%, from the levels of a year ago. The decrease in the average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 12 basis point decrease in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio. The Company will continue attempting to redeploy liquidity into loans which generate greater yields than securities.

On a fully taxable equivalent basis, income on loans increased by $222,000, or 5.6%, for June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. A $35.5 million increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 11.2%, was accompanied by a 22 basis point decrease in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Likewise, new loan volume is near historic low interest rates, while strong competition for good credits also drives rates downward. The commercial loan portfolio housed the majority of the increase in balances.

Other interest income decreased by $1,000, or 20.0%, from the same period a year ago. The average balance of interest-earning deposits decreased by $1.7 million, or 22.0%. The yield increased by 1 basis point in the second quarter of 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Management intends to remain fully invested, minimizing on-balance sheet liquidity.

Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts increased by $17.6 million, or 19.8%, for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period of 2014, while average savings balances decreased by $1.3 million, or 1.1%. Interest paid on interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts was $61,000, a $20,000 increase from last year. The average rate paid on these products increased by 4 basis points. Interest paid on savings accounts was $17,000, which is unchanged from 2014. The average rate paid on savings accounts remained the same. The average balance of time deposit products increased by $3.4 million, or 2.6%, as the average rate paid decreased by 14 basis points, from 1.13% to 0.99%. Interest expense decreased on time deposits by $34,000 from the prior year. As time deposits mature, the balances are reinvested at the lower current rates. After an extended period of declining average rates paid on deposits, the Company is experiencing a flattening on a linked quarter basis.

Average borrowings and subordinated debt decreased by $1.1 million while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 61 basis points. Management has refinanced $4.0 million of long-term borrowings at their respective 2015 maturity dates at substantially lower rates and continues to utilize short-term borrowings to bridge liquidity gaps. There are no additional upcoming maturing long-term advances.

45


 

 

Analysis of Provision for Loan Losses, Non-Interest Income and Non-Interest Expense – Second Quarter Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

For the second quarter ended June 30, 2015, the provision for loan losses was $130,000, more than enough to cover the net charge-offs of $41,000. For the same period in 2014, the provision was also $150,000 along with net charge-offs of $67,000. Provision expense levels are in recognition of loan growth and a changing composition of the loan portfolio as the Company manages its balance sheet with a commercially-oriented focus.

Total non-interest income, excluding investment gains and losses, increased by $90,000, or 11.2%, for June 30, 2015 compared to June 30, 2014. After gains and losses on investment securities, non-interest income decreased by $89,000, or 9.4%, in the second quarter of 2015 compared to the second quarter of 2014.

There were no gains on securities called or net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities in the second quarter of 2015 or 2014. Trading security losses of $38,000 were recorded in the second quarter of 2015, a decrease of $179,000 from $141,000 gain recorded in the second quarter of 2014, reflective of trending of interest rates in the respective quarters.

Mortgage banking gains increased to $160,000 at June 30, 2015 from $117,000 at June 30, 2014, an increase of $43,000. Wealth management income of $117,000 was recorded in 2015, compared to $84,000 in 2014, an increase of $33,000. As a revenue diversification initiative, the Company continues to expand wealth management efforts.  Advisors sell non-deposit investment products to customers in the Bank’s branch network through a third party marketing and sales support provider. As assets under management grow, fee income paid by the third party provider of non-deposit investment products will continue to enhance non-interest income revenue. Other sources of non-interest income increased by $14,000 from the same period a year ago. This latter income category is subject to fluctuation due to the non-recurring nature of some of the items.

Total non-interest expenses in the second quarter were $4.2 million in 2015 compared to $3.9 million in 2014, an increase of $278,000, or 7.1%. During the second quarter of 2015, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $82,000, or 3.6%, from the similar period a year ago. The increase is due partially to normal salary increases and costs of employee benefits. Also, the variable compensation relative to the wealth management and mortgage banking areas increased commensurate to the increased revenues.

 

All other expense categories increased by 12.2%, or $196,000 in the aggregate. These expense categories are subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. Contributing to expenses in the three months ending June 30, 2015 were the opening of two loan production offices, together with continued investment into information technology relative to improved security monitoring, improved operational performance, and enhanced customer account analysis. This also contributed to a decrease in the efficiency ratio from 70.1% for the second quarter of 2014 to 74.0% for the second quarter of 2015.

 

Liquidity

The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion against unforeseen liquidity needs.

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may not be able to satisfy current or future financial commitments or may become unduly reliant on alternative funding sources. The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the Company has the ability to fund balance sheet growth and meet deposit and debt obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner. Management monitors liquidity through a regular review of asset and liability maturities, funding sources, and loan and deposit forecasts. The Company maintains strategic and contingency liquidity plans to ensure sufficient available funding to satisfy requirements for balance sheet growth, proper management of capital markets funding sources and addressing unexpected liquidity requirements.

Principal sources of liquidity available to the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold and, cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.

46


 

In order to address the concern of FDIC insurance of larger depositors, the Bank is a member of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDA RS ® ) program and the Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) program. Through CDARS ® , the Bank’s customers can increase the ir FDIC insurance by up to $50 million through reciprocal certificate of deposit accounts and likewise through ICS, they can accomplish the same thr ough money market savings accounts. This is accomplished by the Bank entering into reciprocal depository relationships with other member banks. The individual customer’s large deposit is broken into amounts below $250,000 and placed with other banks that a re members of the network. The reciprocal member bank issues certificates of deposit or money market savings accounts in amounts that ensure that the entire deposit is eligible for FDIC insurance. At June 30 , 2015, the Bank had $ 9 .0 million of deposits in the CDARS ® program, and had $1.0 million of deposits in the ICS money market program. For regulatory purposes, CDARS ® and ICS are considered a brokered deposit.

Along with its liquid assets, the Bank has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest rates, the purchasing of federal funds, correspondent bank lines of credit and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides its largest source of liquidity. At June 30, 2015, the Bank had approximately $4.1 million available of collateral-based borrowing capacity at FHLB of Cincinnati, supplementing the $4.0 million of availability with the Federal Reserve Discount window. Additionally, the FHLB has committed a $26.5 million cash management line, of which nothing has been disbursed, subject to posting additional collateral. The Bank, by policy, has access to approximately 5% of total deposits in brokered certificates of deposit that could be used as an additional source of liquidity. At June 30, 2015, there was $11.1 million outstanding balance in brokered certificates of deposit. The Company was also granted a total of $8.5 million in unsecured, discretionary Federal Funds lines of credit with no funds drawn upon as of June 30, 2015. Unpledged securities of $42.8 million are also available for borrowing under repurchase agreements or as additional collateral for FHLB lines of credit or to sell to generate liquidity.

The Company has other more limited sources of liquidity. In addition to its existing liquid assets, it can raise funds in the securities market through debt or equity offerings or it can receive dividends from its bank subsidiary. Generally, the Bank may pay dividends without prior approval as long as the dividend is not more than the total of the current calendar year-to-date earnings plus any earnings from the previous two years not already paid out in dividends, as long as the Bank remains well-capitalized after the dividend payment. The amount available for dividend at June 30, 2015 is $7.0 million. Future dividend payments by the Bank to the Company are based upon future earnings. The Holding Company had cash of $953,000 at June 30, 2015 available to meet cash needs. It also held a $6.0 million note receivable, the cash flow from which approximates the debt service on the Junior Subordinated Debentures. Cash is generally used by the Holding Company to pay quarterly interest payments on the debentures, pay dividends to common shareholders, repurchase shares, and to fund operating expenses.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $12.7 million at June 30, 2014 and $10.6 million at December 31, 2014 to $9.3 million at June 30, 2015, as the Company strives to be fully invested, minimizing on balance sheet liquidity.

47


 

The following table details the cash flow from op erating activities for th e six months ended:

 

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

$

2,065

 

 

$

2,371

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

1,260

 

 

 

1,210

 

Provision for loan losses

 

290

 

 

 

300

 

Investment securities available-for-sale gains, net

 

 

 

 

(193

)

Other real estate gains, net

 

 

 

 

(19

)

Originations of mortgage banking loans held for sale

 

(17,715

)

 

 

(6,581

)

Proceeds from the sale of mortgage banking loans

 

15,918

 

 

 

7,379

 

Mortgage banking gains, net

 

(345

)

 

 

(198

)

Increase in trading account

 

(94

)

 

 

(432

)

Earnings on bank-owned life insurance

 

(172

)

 

 

(161

)

Proceeds from IRS refund

 

 

 

 

1,065

 

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes

 

(105

)

 

 

562

 

Other assets and liabilities

 

(988

)

 

 

(933

)

Net cash flow from operating activities

$

114

 

 

$

4,370

 

 

Key variations stem from: 1) Gains were recognized on the sale of available-for-sale investments of $193,000 at June 30,, 2014 due to the sale of the iTruPS with none recognized in 2015. 2) Loans held for sale decreased by $600,000 in 2014 compared to an increase of $2.1 million in 2015 due to the volume in mortgage banking. 3) Change in the trading account showed an increase of $94,000, compared to an increase of $432,000 in 2014, reflecting the lower amount of gains reinvested into the account. 4) In 2014, a refund of $1.1 million from the IRS was received as a result of an operating loss deduction. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2015 and 2014.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operation are based upon the Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management which has a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities; management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

Management believes the following are critical accounting policies that require the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

48


 

Accou nting for the Allowance for Loan Losses

The determination of the allowance for loan losses and the resulting amount of the provision for loan losses charged to operations reflects management’s current judgment about the credit quality of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in economic and business conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio and, in the terms of loans, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management, changes in the volume and severity of past due, non-accrual and adversely classified or graded loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and the effect of competition, legal and regulatory requirements and other external factors. The nature of the process by which we determine the appropriate allowance for loan losses requires the exercise of considerable judgment. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including the performance of the loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. A weakening of the economy or other factors that adversely affect asset quality could result in an increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults and a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge offs, and provision for loan losses in future periods.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology consists of three elements: specific valuation allowances based on probable losses on specific loans; valuation allowances based on historical loan loss experience for similar loans with similar characteristics and trends; and general valuation allowances based on general economic conditions and other qualitative risk factors both internal and external to the Company. These elements support the basis for determining allocations between the various loan categories and the overall adequacy of our allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

With these methodologies, a general allowance is established for each loan type based on historical losses for each loan type in the portfolio. Additionally, management allocates a specific allowance for “Impaired Credits,” which is based on current information and events; it is probable the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. The level of the general allowance is established to provide coverage for management’s estimate of the credit risk in the loan portfolio by various loan segments not covered by the specific allowance. Additional information regarding allowance for credit losses can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 4) and elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Investment Securities and Impairment

The classification and accounting for investment securities is discussed in detail in Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Investment securities must be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. The appropriate classification is based partially on our ability to hold the securities to maturity and largely on management’s intentions, if any, with respect to either holding or selling the securities. The classification of investment securities is significant since it directly impacts the accounting for unrealized gains and losses on securities. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities, if any, flow directly through earnings during the periods in which they arise, whereas available-for-sale securities are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income or loss) and do not affect earnings until realized. The fair values of our investment securities are generally determined by reference to quoted market prices and reliable independent sources. At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to the Company’s investment securities. Such impairment must be recognized in current earnings rather than in other comprehensive income (loss).

The Company reviews investment debt securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) with formal reviews performed quarterly. OTTI losses on individual investment securities are recognized in accordance with FASB ASC topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities . The purpose of this ASC is to provide greater clarity to investors about the credit and noncredit component of an OTTI event and to communicate more effectively when an OTTI event has occurred. This ASC amends the OTTI guidance in GAAP for debt securities, improves the presentation and disclosure of OTTI on investment securities and changes the calculation of the OTTI recognized in earnings in the financial statements. This ASC does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to OTTI of equity securities.

For debt securities, ASC topic 320 requires an entity to assess whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

In instances in which a determination is made that a credit loss (defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis) exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (i.e., the amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss), ASC topic 320 changes the presentation and amount of the OTTI recognized in the income statement.

49


 

In these instances, the impairment is separated into the amount of the total impairment related to the credit loss and the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the c redit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). The total OTTI is presented in the income statement with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI th at is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). In determining the amount of impairment related to credit loss, the Company uses a third party discounted cash flow model, several inputs for which require estimation and judgment. Among these inputs a re projected deferral and default rates and estimated recovery rates. Realization of events different than that projected could result in a large variance in the values of the securities.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is based on income reported for financial statement purposes and differs from the amount of taxes currently payable, since certain income and expense items are reported for financial statement purposes in different periods than those for tax reporting purposes. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, the Company assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. The Company conducts periodic assessments of deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that they will be realized. In making these assessments, the Company considers taxable income in prior periods, projected future taxable income, potential tax planning strategies and projected future reversals of deferred tax items. These assessments involve a certain degree of subjectivity which may change significantly depending on the related circumstances.

Available Information

The Company files an annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 Amended (the Exchange Act). The Company’s website is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through its website, free of charge, the reports filed with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

There have been no material changes in the quantitative and qualitative information about market risk from the information provided in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . With the supervision and participation by management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that these controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that there have been no significant changes during the period covered by this report in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

50


 

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

See Note (5) of the financial statements.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes in the risk factors disclosed by the Company in its Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds —Not applicable

Company’s Common Stock — The following table shows information relating to the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock during the three months ended June 30, 2015:

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs

 

 

Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April

 

 

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

200,000

 

May

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

200,000

 

June

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

15.35

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

190,000

 

Total

 

 

10,000

 

 

$

15.35

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

190,000

 

 

*On March 24, 2015 the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Stock Repurchase Program. The program allowed the Company to purchase up to 200,000 shares. (See footnote 12)

 

Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities —Not applicable

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures —Not applicable

 

Item 5. Other Information —Not applicable

 

 

 

51


 

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Item 6. Exhibits —The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form**

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

Filing
Date

 

 

Filed
Herewith

 

3.1

 

Restated Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp reflecting amendment dated June 25, 1999. Note: filed for purposes of SEC reporting compliance only. This restated document has not been filed with the State of Ohio.

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Code of Regulations, as amended:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Bancorp

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

03/24/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as referenced in Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Agreement to furnish instruments and agreements defining rights of holders of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.1

 

Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23, 2001, by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company with each executive officer other than Rodger W. Platt and with selected other officers, as amended by the August 2002 letter amendment

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.1.1

 

Amendment of Group Term Carve Out Plan, dated October 28, 2014

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.1.1

 

 

 

11/03/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.3

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Jerry A. Carleton, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.4

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David C. Cole, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.4

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.5

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and George E. Gessner, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.6

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and William A. Hagood, dated as of October 12, 2003

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.7

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James E. Hoffman III, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.8

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Neil J. Kaback, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.9

 

Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and K. Ray Mahan, dated as of March 1, 2001

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

10.9

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.10

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Richard B. Thompson, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.10

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.11

 

Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Timothy K. Woofter, dated as of December 18, 2007

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.11

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

52


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form**

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

Filing
Date

 

 

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.12

 

 

Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp and each of Directors David C. Cole, George E. Gessner, William A. Hagood, James E. Hoffman III, K. Ray Mahan, and Timothy K. Woofter as of February 23, 2001, as of March 1, 2004, with Director Neil J. Kaback, and as of October 1, 2001, with Director Richard B. Thompson;

 

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as amended on December 26, 2006, for Directors Cole, Gessner, Hoffman, Mahan, Thompson, and Woofter;

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.12

 

 

 

03/15/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement entered into by Cortland Bancorp as of December 18, 2007, with Director Jerry A. Carleton

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.12

 

 

 

03/17/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.13

 

Director’s Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.13

 

 

 

04/22/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.14

 

Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between Cortland Bancorp and Director Joseph E. Koch, dated as of April 19, 2011

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.14

 

 

 

04/22/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.15

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp with each of its directors

 

 

10-K(1)

 

 

 

10.15

 

 

 

03/16/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.16

 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido, dated as of March 27, 2012

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.16

 

 

 

03/29/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.17

 

Sixth Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of March 4, 2014

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.17

 

 

 

03/10/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.18

 

Third Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, dated as of December 3, 2008

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.18

 

 

 

12/12/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.19

 

Sixth Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of March 4, 2014

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.19

 

 

 

03/10/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.20

 

Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene Lenio, dated as of December 3, 2008

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.20

 

 

 

12/12/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.20.1

 

Amendment of the December 3, 2008 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene J. Lenio

 

 

10-Q

 

 

 

10.20.1

 

 

 

05/17/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.21

 

Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig Phythyon, dated as of December 3, 2008

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.21

 

 

 

12/12/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.21.1

 

Amendment of the December 3, 2008 Second Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig M. Phythyon

 

 

10-Q

 

 

 

10.21.1

 

 

 

05/17/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.22

 

Third Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., dated as of December 3, 2008

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.22

 

 

 

12/12/08

 

 

 

 

 

53


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form**

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

Filing
Date

 

 

Filed
Herewith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.22.1

 

Amendment of the December 3, 2008 Third Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr.

 

 

10-Q

 

 

 

10.22.1

 

 

 

05/17/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.23

 

Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and David J. Lucido dated as of June 1, 2010

 

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

 

10.23

 

 

 

 

06/02/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.24

 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of April 19, 2011

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.24

 

 

 

04/22/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.25

 

Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret dated as of June 1, 2010

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.25

 

 

 

06/02/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.26

 

Fourth Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of April 19, 2011

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.26

 

 

 

04/22/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.30

 

Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stanley P. Feret, dated as of July 23, 2013

 

 

10-Q

 

 

 

10.30

 

 

 

08/13/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.31.1

 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Tim Carney, dated as of September 28, 2012, as amended June 25, 2014

 

 

10-K

 

 

 

10.31.1

 

 

 

03/24/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.31.2

 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James Gasior, dated as of September 28, 2012

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.31.2

 

 

 

10/03/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.31.2.1

 

Amendment of Severance Agreement of James Gasior, dated as of June 25, 2014

 

 

10-Q

 

 

 

10.31.2.1

 

 

 

08/12/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.31.3

 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David J. Lucido, dated as of September 28, 2012

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.31.3

 

 

 

10/03/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.31.4

 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David J. Lucido, dated as of June 1, 2010

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.31.4

 

 

 

10/03/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33

 

[Reserved]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.34

 

Severance Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Stanley P. Feret, dated as of September 28, 2012

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

 

10/03/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.35

 

Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers

 

 

8-K

 

 

 

10.35

 

 

 

11/03/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*10.36

 

2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.1

 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.2

 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36.3

 

Form of restricted stock award under the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54


 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form**

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

Filing
Date

 

 

Filed
Herewith

 

*10.37

 

2015 Director Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37.1

 

Form of nonqualified stock option award under the 2015 Director Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37.2

 

Form of incentive stock option award under the 2015 Director Equity Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Statement of re-computation of per share earnings

 

 

See Note 6

of Financial

Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer under Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

The following materials from Cortland Bancorp’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (b) Consolidated Statements of Income; (c) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (d) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity; (e) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements tagged as blocks of text and in detail (included with this filing)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ü

 

(1)

Film number 06691632

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

**

SEC File No. 000-13814

 

 

 

55


 

CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

CORTLAND BANCORP

(Registrant)

 

/s/ James M. Gasior

 

Date: August 11, 2015

James M. Gasior

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ David J. Lucido

 

Date: August 11, 2015

David J. Lucido

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

56

Exhibit 4.2

CORTLAND BANCORP

194 West Main Street

Cortland, OH 44410

 

August 11, 2015

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

Re:  Cortland Bancorp Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, is today filing a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 (the "Form 10-Q"), as executed on August 11, 2015.

Pursuant to the instructions relating to the Exhibits in Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, Cortland Bancorp hereby agrees to furnish the Commission, upon request, copies of instruments and agreements defining the rights of holders of its long-term debt and of the long-term debt of its consolidated subsidiaries, which are not being filed as exhibits to the Form 10-Q.  No such instrument or agreement represents long-term debt exceeding 10% of the total assets of Cortland Bancorp and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Very truly yours,

/s/ James M. Gasior

James M. Gasior

President and CEO

 

Exhibit 10.36

2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

 

Article 1

Purpose and Effective Date

 

1.1 Purpose .  The purpose of this 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp is to promote the long-term financial success of Cortland Bancorp, increasing stockholder value by providing employees the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Cortland Bancorp and enabling Cortland Bancorp and its related entities to attract and retain the services of those upon whom the successful conduct of Cortland Bancorp’s business depends.

 

1.2 Effective Date .  This Plan shall be effective when it is adopted by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and approved thereafter by the affirmative vote of Cortland Bancorp stockholders in accordance with applicable rules and procedures, including those in Internal Revenue Code section 422 and Treasury Regulation section 1.422-3.  Any award granted under this Plan before stockholder approval shall be null and void if stockholders do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Plan’s adoption by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.  Subject to Article 12, the Plan shall continue until the tenth anniversary of the date it is approved by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

Article 2

Definitions

 

2.1 Award means a grant of ( a ) the right under Article 6 to purchase Cortland Bancorp common stock at a stated price during a specified period of time (an “ Option ”), which Option may be ( x ) an Incentive Stock Option that on the date of the Award is identified as an Incentive Stock Option, satisfies the conditions imposed under Internal Revenue Code section 422, and is not later modified in a manner inconsistent with Internal Revenue Code section 422 or ( y ) a Nonqualified Stock Option, meaning any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option, or ( b ) Restricted Stock, meaning a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock granted to a Participant contingent upon satisfaction of conditions described in Article 7, or ( c ) Performance Shares, meaning shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock granted to a Participant contingent upon satisfaction of conditions described in Article 8, or ( d ) a Stock Appreciation Right or “SAR,” meaning an Award granted under Article 9 and consisting of the potential appreciation of the shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock underlying the Award.

 

2.2 Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement between Cortland Bancorp and each Participant containing the terms and conditions of an Award and the manner in which it will or may be settled if earned.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of the Award Agreement, the terms of this Plan shall govern.

 

2.3 Covered Officer means those Employees whose compensation is or likely will be subject to limited deductibility under Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) as of the last day of any calendar year.

 

2.4 Employee means any person who, on any applicable date, is a common law employee of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.  A worker who is not classified as a common law employee but who is subsequently reclassified as a common law employee for any reason and on any basis shall be treated as a common law employee solely from the date reclassification occurs.  Reclassification shall not be applied retroactively for any purpose of this Plan.

 

2.5 Exercise Price means the amount, if any, a Participant must pay to exercise an Award.

 

2.6 Fair Market Value means the value of one share of Cortland Bancorp common stock, determined according to the following rules: ( x ) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded on an exchange or on an automated quotation system giving closing prices, the reported closing price on the relevant date if it is a trading day and otherwise on the next trading day, ( y ) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded over-the-counter with no reported closing price, the mean between the highest bid and the lowest asked prices on that quotation system on the relevant date if it is a trading day and otherwise on the next trading day, or ( z ) if neither clause ( x ) nor clause ( y ) applies, the fair market value

A-1

 


as determined by the Plan Committee in good faith and, for Incentive Stock Options, consistent with the rules prescribed under Internal Revenue Code section 422.

 

2.7 Internal Revenue Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or superseded after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2, and any applicable rulings or regulations issued under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2.8 Participant means an Employee to whom an Award is granted, for as long as the Award remains outstanding.

 

2.9 Plan means this 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp, as amended from time to time.

 

2.10 Plan Committee means a committee of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors consisting entirely of individuals ( w ) who are outside directors as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(3)(i), ( x ) who are non-employee directors within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ( y ) who do not receive remuneration from Cortland Bancorp or any Related Entity in any capacity other than as a director, except as permitted under Treasury Regulation section 1.162-27(e)(3), and ( z ) who are independent directors within the meaning of Nasdaq’s listing rules.  The Plan Committee shall consist of at least three individuals.

 

2.11 Plan Year means Cortland Bancorp’s fiscal year.

 

2.12 Related Entity means an entity that is or becomes related to Cortland Bancorp through common ownership, as determined under Internal Revenue Code section 414(b) or (c) but modified as permitted under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) and any successor to those regulations.

 

2.13 Cortland Bancorp means Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation.  Except for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred (according to Article 11), the term Cortland Bancorp also means any corporation or entity that is a successor to Cortland Bancorp or substantially all of its assets and that assumes the obligations of Cortland Bancorp under this Plan by operation of law or otherwise.

 

Article 3

Participation

 

3.1 Awards to Employees .  Subject to section 3.2, the Plan Committee alone has authority to select Employees who will be granted Awards, to specify the types of Awards granted to Employees, and to determine the terms upon which Awards are granted and may be earned.  The Plan Committee may establish different terms and conditions for each type of Award granted to an Employee and for each Employee receiving the same type of Award, regardless of whether the Awards are granted at the same or different times.  The Plan Committee has exclusive authority to determine whether an Award qualifies or is intended to qualify for the exemption from the deduction limitations of Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) for performance-based compensation.

 

3.2 Conditions of Participation .  By accepting an Award, each Employee agrees ( x ) to be bound by the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to comply with other conditions imposed by the Plan Committee, and ( y ) that the Plan Committee (or Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors, as appropriate) may amend the Plan and the Award Agreements without any additional consideration if necessary to avoid penalties arising under Internal Revenue Code section 409A, even if the amendment reduces, restricts, or eliminates rights that were granted under the Plan, the Award Agreement, or both before the amendment.

 

Article 4

Administration

 

4.1 Duties .  The Plan Committee is responsible for administering the Plan and has all powers appropriate and necessary for that purpose.  Consistent with the Plan’s objectives, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and the Plan Committee may adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan to protect Cortland Bancorp’s

A-2

 


and Related Entities’ interests, and have complete discretion to make all other decisions necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan.  Actions of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and the Plan Committee are final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.

 

4.2 Delegation of Duties .  In its sole discretion, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and the Plan Committee may delegate ministerial duties associated with the Plan to any person, including an Employee.  However, neither Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors nor the Plan Committee shall delegate a duty it must discharge to comply with the conditions for exemption of performance-based compensation from the deduction limitations of section 162(m).

 

4.3 Award Agreement .  As soon as administratively practical after the date an Award is made, the Plan Committee or Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors must prepare and deliver an Award Agreement to each affected Participant.  The Award Agreement must–

 

(a) describe the terms of the Award, including the type of Award and when and how it may be exercised or earned,

 

(b) state the Exercise Price, if any, associated with the Award,

 

(c) state how the Award will or may be settled,

 

(d) if different from the terms of the Plan, describe ( x ) any conditions that must be satisfied before the Award is earned or may be exercised, ( y ) any objective restrictions placed on the Award and any performance-related conditions and performance criteria that must be satisfied before those restrictions will be released, and ( z ) any other applicable terms and conditions affecting the Award.

 

4.4 Restriction on Repricing .  Regardless of any other provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement, neither Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors nor the Plan Committee may reprice (as defined under rules of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market) any Award unless the repricing is approved in advance by Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders acting at a meeting.

 

Article 5

Limits on Stock Subject to Awards

 

5.1 Number of Authorized Shares of Stock .  With any adjustments required by section 5.4, the maximum number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that may be subject to Awards under this Plan is 340,000.  The shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock to be delivered under this Plan may consist in whole or in part of treasury stock or authorized but unissued shares not reserved for any other purpose.

 

5.2 Award Limits and Annual Participant Limits .  (a)   Award Limits .  Of the shares authorized under section 5.1, up to 25% may be reserved for issuance under Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b) Annual Participant Limits .  The aggregate number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock underlying Awards granted under this Plan to an individual Participant in any Plan Year (including but not limited to Options and SARs), regardless of whether the Awards are thereafter canceled, forfeited, or terminated, shall not exceed 34,000 shares.  This annual limitation is intended to include the grant of all Awards, including but not limited to Awards representing performance-based compensation described in Internal Revenue Code section 162(m)(4)(C).

 

5.3 Share Accounting .  (a) The number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock available for Awards under this Plan will be conditionally reduced by the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock subject to outstanding Awards, including the full number of shares underlying SARs.

 

(b) As appropriate, the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock available for Awards under this Plan will be absolutely reduced by ( x ) the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued through Option exercises, ( y ) the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued because of satisfaction of the terms of an Award Agreement for Performance Shares or Restricted Stock that, by the terms of the applicable Award

A-3

 


Agreement, are to be settled in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, and ( z ) by the full number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock underlying an earned and exercised SAR.

 

(c) As appropriate, shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock subject to an Award that for any reason is forfeited, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, exchanged, or otherwise settled without the issuance of Cortland Bancorp common stock or without payment of cash equal to its Fair Market Value or the difference between the Award’s Fair Market Value and its Exercise Price, if any, may again be granted under the Plan.  If the Exercise Price of an Award is paid in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, the shares received by Cortland Bancorp may not be added to the maximum aggregate number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that may be issued under section 5.1.

 

5.4 Adjustment in Capitalization .  If after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 there is a stock dividend or stock split, recapitalization (including payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to stockholders, exchange of shares or other similar corporate change affecting Cortland Bancorp common stock, then consistent with the applicable provisions of Internal Revenue Code sections 162(m), 409A, 422, and 424 and associated regulations and to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, the Plan Committee will, in a manner the Plan Committee considers equitable, adjust ( w ) the number of Awards that may be granted to Participants during a Plan Year, ( x ) the aggregate number of shares available for Awards under section 5.1 or subject to outstanding Awards, as well as any share-based limits imposed under this Plan, ( y ) the respective Exercise Price, number of shares, and other limitations applicable to outstanding or subsequently granted Awards, and ( z ) any other factors, limits, or terms affecting any outstanding or subsequently granted Awards.

 

Article 6

Options

 

6.1 Grant of Options .  Subject to Article 10 and the terms of the Plan and the associated Award Agreement, at any time during the term of this Plan the Plan Committee may grant Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options to Employees.  Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, Options awarded under this Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements for exclusion from coverage under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.  All Option Award Agreements will be construed and administered consistent with that intention.

 

6.2 Exercise Price .  Except as necessary to implement section 6.6, each Option will have an Exercise Price per share at least equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the date of grant, meaning the closing price on the date of grant if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded on an exchange or on an automated quotation system giving closing prices (or the closing price on the next trading day if the grant date is not a trading day).  However, the Exercise Price per share of an Incentive Stock Option will be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the date of grant for any Incentive Stock Option issued to an Employee who, on the date of grant, owns (as defined in Internal Revenue Code section 424(d)) Cortland Bancorp common stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or the combined voting power of any Related Entity), determined according to rules issued under Internal Revenue Code section 422.

 

6.3 Exercise of Options .  Subject to Article 10 and any terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and unless specified otherwise in the Award Agreement, Options are exercisable at the time or times specified in the Award Agreement, but ( x ) no Incentive Stock Option may be exercised more than ten years after it is granted, or more than five years after it is granted in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who on the date of grant owns (as defined in Internal Revenue Code section 424(d)) Cortland Bancorp common stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or the combined voting power of any Related Entity, determined under rules issued under Internal Revenue Code section 422, and ( y ) Nonqualified Stock Options are exercisable for the period specified in the Award Agreement, but not more than ten years after the grant date if no period is specified in the Award Agreement.

 

6.4 Incentive Stock Options .  Despite any provision in this Plan to the contrary –

 

(a) no provision of this Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options will be interpreted, amended, or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised, in a manner that is inconsistent with Internal

A-4

 


Revenue Code section 422 or, without the consent of the affected Participant, to cause any Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify for the federal income tax treatment provided by Internal Revenue Code section 421,

 

(b) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Cortland Bancorp common stock (determined as of the date of grant) for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant in any calendar year under all stock option plans of Cortland Bancorp and all Related Entities will not exceed $100,000 (or other amount specified in Internal Revenue Code section 422(d)), determined under rules issued under Internal Revenue Code section 422, and

 

(c) no Incentive Stock Option may be granted to a person who is not an Employee on the grant date.

 

6.5 Exercise Procedures and Payment for Options .  The Plan Committee will establish acceptable methods and forms of payment of the Exercise Price, which may include but are not limited to: ( x ) payment in cash or a cash equivalent, ( y ) actual or constructive transfer by the Participant to Cortland Bancorp of unrestricted shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock as partial or full payment of the Exercise Price, either by actual delivery of the shares or by attestation, with each share valued at the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the exercise date, or ( z ) a form of cashless exercise or net exercise of the Option.  In its sole discretion the Plan Committee may withhold its approval for any method of payment for any reason, including but not limited to concerns that the proposed method of payment will result in adverse financial accounting treatment, adverse tax treatment for Cortland Bancorp or the Participant, or a violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time, and related regulations and guidance.  A Participant may exercise an Option solely by sending to the Plan Committee or its designee a completed exercise notice in the form prescribed by the Plan Committee along with payment, or designation of an approved payment procedure, of the Exercise Price.

 

6.6 Substitution of Options .  In Cortland Bancorp’s discretion, persons who become Employees as a result of a transaction described in Internal Revenue Code section 424(a) may receive Options in exchange for options granted by their former employer or the former Related Entity, subject to the rules and procedures prescribed under section 424.

 

6.7 Rights Associated With Options .  A Participant holding an unexercised Option has no voting or dividend rights associated with shares underlying the unexercised Option.  The Option is transferable solely as provided in section 14.1.  Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement or as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, Cortland Bancorp common stock acquired by Option exercise has all dividend and voting rights associated with Cortland Bancorp common stock and is transferable, subject to applicable federal securities laws, applicable requirements of any national securities exchange or system on which shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock are then listed or traded, and applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

 

Article 7

Restricted Stock

 

7.1 Grant of Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and the associated Award Agreement, at any time during the term of this Plan the Plan Committee may grant shares of Restricted Stock to Employees.  Restricted Stock may be granted at no cost or at a price per share determined by the Plan Committee or the board of directors, which may be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the date of grant.

 

7.2 Earning Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and the associated Award Agreement and unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement –

 

(a) restrictions and conditions imposed on Restricted Stock granted to Employees will lapse as described in the Award Agreement,

 

(b) during the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined, Restricted Stock and any shares of common stock issuable as a dividend or other distribution on the Restricted Stock will be held by Cortland Bancorp as escrow agent,

 

A-5

 


(c) at the end of the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined, the Restricted Stock will be ( x ) forfeited if all terms, restrictions, and conditions described in the Award Agreement are not satisfied (with a refund, without interest, of any consideration paid by the Participant), or ( y ) released from escrow and distributed to the Participant as soon as practicable after the last day of the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined if all terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Award Agreement are satisfied.  Any Restricted Stock Award relating to a fractional share of Cortland Bancorp common stock will be rounded to the next whole share when settled.

 

7.3 Rights Associated With Restricted Stock .  During the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined and unless the Restricted Stock Award Agreement specifies otherwise, Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.  Except as otherwise required for compliance with the conditions for exemption of performance-based compensation from the deduction limitations of Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) and except as otherwise required by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, during the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined each Participant to whom Restricted Stock is issued may exercise full voting rights associated with that Restricted Stock and is entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions on that Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a dividend or other distribution is paid in the form of shares of common stock, those shares will also be considered Restricted Stock and will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock to which the dividend or distribution relates.

 

7.4 Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b) Election .  The Plan Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b).  If a Participant makes an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant must promptly file a copy of the election with Cortland Bancorp

 

Article 8

Performance Shares

 

8.1 Generally .  Subject to the terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the granting or vesting of Performance Shares shall, in the Plan Committee’s sole discretion, be based on achievement of performance objectives derived from one or more of the Performance Criteria specified in section 8.2.  Performance Shares may be granted ( x ) to Covered Officers in a manner that qualifies as performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) or ( y ) to Employees who are not Covered Officers in any manner reasonably determined by the Plan Committee.  Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, Performance Shares awarded under this Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements for exclusion from coverage under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.  All Performance Share Award Agreements shall be construed and administered consistent with that intention.

 

8.2 Performance Criteria .  (a)  Vesting of Performance Shares that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 162(m) shall be based on one or more or any combination of the following criteria (the “Performance Criteria”) and may be applied solely with reference to Cortland Bancorp, to a Related Entity, to Cortland Bancorp and a Related Entity, or relatively between Cortland Bancorp, a Related Entity, or both and one or more unrelated entities –

 

1) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes),

2) earnings per share,

3) deposit or asset growth,

4) net operating income,

5) return measures (including return on assets and equity),

6) fee income,

7) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization,

8) interest spread,

9) productivity ratios,

10) share price, including but not limited to growth measures and total stockholder return,

A-6

 


11) expense targets,

12) credit quality,

13) efficiency ratio,

14) market share,

15) customer satisfaction, and

16) net income after cost of capital.

 

(b) Vesting of Performance Shares granted to Participants who are not Covered Officers may be based on one or more or any combination of the Performance Criteria listed in section 8.2(a) or on other factors the Plan Committee selects.

 

(c) Varying Performance Criteria may be applied to individual Employees or to groups of Employees and, as specified by the Plan Committee, may be based on the results achieved ( x ) separately by Cortland Bancorp or any Related Entity, ( y ) by any combination of Cortland Bancorp and Related Entities, or ( z ) by any combination of segments, products, or divisions of Cortland Bancorp and Related Entities.

 

(d) The Plan Committee will make appropriate adjustments of Performance Criteria to account for the effect on any Performance Criteria of any stock dividend or stock split affecting Cortland Bancorp common stock, a recapitalization (including without limitation payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to stockholders, exchange of shares, or similar corporate change.  Also, the Plan Committee will make a similar adjustment to any portion of a Performance Criterion that is not based on Cortland Bancorp common stock but that is affected by an event having an effect similar to those described.  As permitted under Internal Revenue Code section 162(m), the Plan Committee may make appropriate adjustments of Performance Criteria to reflect a substantive change in an Employee’s job description or assigned duties and responsibilities.

 

(e) Performance Criteria must be documented in an Award Agreement as soon as administratively practicable after the criteria are established, but in the case of Covered Officers no later than the earlier of ( x ) 90 days after the beginning of the applicable Performance Period and ( y ) the expiration of 25% of the applicable period in which satisfaction of the applicable Performance Criteria is to be determined.

 

8.3 Earning Performance Shares .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Award Agreement, at the end of each applicable period in which satisfaction of the Performance Criteria is to be determined, the Plan Committee will certify that the Employee has or has not satisfied the Performance Criteria.  Performance Shares will then be –

 

(a) forfeited to the extent the Plan Committee certifies that the Performance Criteria are not satisfied, or

 

(b) to the extent the Performance Criteria are certified by the Plan Committee as having been satisfied, distributed to the Employee in the form of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock (unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement) on or before the later of ( x ) the 15 th day of the third month after the end of the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Performance Criteria are satisfied and ( y ) the 15 th day of the third month after the end of Cortland Bancorp’s first taxable year in which the Performance Criteria are satisfied.  However, the Performance Shares may be distributed later if Cortland Bancorp reasonably determines that compliance with that schedule is not administratively practical and if the distribution is made as soon as practical.

 

8.4 Rights Associated with Performance Shares .  During the applicable period in which satisfaction of the Performance Criteria is to be determined, Performance Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.  During the applicable period in which satisfaction of the Performance Criteria is to be determined and unless the Award Agreement provides otherwise, Employees may not exercise voting rights associated with their Performance Shares and all dividends and other distributions paid on Performance Shares will be held by Cortland Bancorp as escrow agent.  At the end of the period in which satisfaction of the applicable Performance Criteria is to be determined, dividends or other distributions held in escrow will be distributed to the Participant or forfeited as provided in section 8.3.  No interest or other accretion will be credited on dividends or other distributions held in escrow.  If a dividend or other distribution is paid in the form of shares of common stock, the shares will be subject to

A-7

 


the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock to which the dividend or distribution relates.

 

Article 9

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

9.1 SAR Grants .  Subject to the terms of the Plan and the associated Award Agreement, the Plan Committee may grant SARs to Employees at any time during the term of this Plan.  Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, SARs awarded under this Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements for exclusion from coverage under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.  All SAR Award Agreements will be construed and administered consistent with that intention.

 

9.2 Exercise Price .  The Exercise Price specified in the Award Agreement will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the date of grant.

 

9.3 Exercise and Settling of SARs .  SARs are exercisable according to the terms specified in the Award Agreement.  A Participant exercising an SAR will receive whole shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock or cash (as determined in the Award Agreement) having a value equal to (a) the excess of ( x ) the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the exercise date over ( y ) the Exercise Price, multiplied by (b) the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock for which the SAR is exercised.  The value of any fractional share of Cortland Bancorp common stock produced by this formula will be settled in cash.

 

Article 10

Termination

 

10.1 Termination for Cause .  (a)  If a Participant’s employment terminates with Cause or if in Cortland Bancorp’s judgement a basis for termination for Cause exists, all Awards held by the Participant that are outstanding will be forfeited, regardless of whether the Awards are exercisable and regardless of whether the Participant’s employment or director service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity actually terminates, except that Restricted Stock or Performance Shares that have been released from escrow and distributed to the Participant are not affected by termination for Cause.

 

(b) The term “Cause” means one or more of the acts described in this section 10.1.  However, Cause will not be deemed to exist merely because the Participant is absent from active employment during periods of paid time off, consistent with the applicable paid time-off policy of Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity with which the Participant is employed, as the case may be, sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a Disability, or other period of absence approved by Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity, as the case may be:

 

1) an act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation, embezzlement, misappropriation, or conversion by the Participant of the assets or business opportunities of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

2) conviction of the Participant of or plea by the Participant of guilty or no contest to a felony or a misdemeanor,

 

3) violation by the Participant of the written policies or procedures of Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity with which the Participant is employed, including but not limited to violation of Cortland Bancorp’s or the Related Entity’s code of ethics,

 

4) unless disclosure is inadvertent, disclosure to unauthorized persons of any confidential information not in the public domain relating to Cortland Bancorp’s or a Related Entity’s business, including all processes, inventions, trade secrets, computer programs, technical data, drawings or designs, information concerning pricing and pricing policies, marketing techniques, plans and forecasts, new product information, information concerning methods and manner of operations, and information relating to the identity and location of all past, present, and prospective customers and suppliers,

A-8

 


 

5) intentional breach of any contract with or violation of any legal obligation owed to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

6) dishonesty relating to the duties owed by the Participant to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

7) the Participant’s willful and continued refusal to substantially perform assigned duties, other than refusal resulting from sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a Disability,

8) the Participant’s willful engagement in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

9) the Participant’s breach of any term of this Plan or an Award Agreement,

 

10) intentional cooperation with a party attempting a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp, unless Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors approves or ratifies the Participant’s action before the Change in Control or unless the Participant’s cooperation is required by law, or

 

11) any action that constitutes cause as defined in any written agreement between the Participant and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.

 

10.2 Termination for any Other Reason .  Unless specified otherwise in the Award Agreement or in this Plan and except as provided in section 10.1, the portion of a Participant’s outstanding Award that is unvested and unexercisable when the Participant’s employment or director service terminates is forfeited and the portion of any Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share Award that is unvested and held in escrow is forfeited.  Options and SARs that are exercisable when termination occurs will be forfeited if not exercised before the earlier of ( x ) the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement or ( y ) 90 days after the termination date.

 

Article 11

Effect of a Change in Control

 

11.1 Definition of Change in Control .  The term “ Change in Control ” has the meaning given in any written agreement between the Employee and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.  However, if an Award is subject to Internal Revenue Code section 409A, the term Change in Control has the meaning given in section 409A.  If an Award is not subject to Internal Revenue Code section 409A and if the term Change in Control is not defined in a written agreement between the Employee and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, any of the following events occurring on or after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 constitutes a Change in Control –

 

(a) Change in board composition .  If individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors on the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors.  A person who becomes a director after the date this Plan becomes effective and whose election or nomination for election is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors on the board of directors is deemed to be an Incumbent Director.  The necessary two-thirds approval may take the form of a specific vote on that person’s election or nomination or approval of Cortland Bancorp’s proxy statement in which the person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection by Incumbent Directors to the nomination.  A person elected or nominated as a director of Cortland Bancorp initially as the result of an actual or threatened director-election contest or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will never be considered an Incumbent Director unless at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors specifically vote to treat that person as an Incumbent Director.

 

(b) Significant ownership change .  If any person directly or indirectly is or becomes the beneficial owner of securities whose combined voting power in the election of Cortland Bancorp’s directors is –

 

1) 50% or more of the combined voting power of all of Cortland Bancorp’s outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of Cortland Bancorp directors,

A-9

 


 

2) 25% or more, but less than 50%, of the combined voting power of all of Cortland Bancorp’s outstanding securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp’s directors, except that an event described in this paragraph (b)(2) will not constitute a Change in Control if it is the result of any of the following acquisitions of Cortland Bancorp’s securities –

 

(a) by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, reducing the number of Cortland Bancorp securities outstanding (unless the person thereafter becomes the beneficial owner of additional securities that are eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors, increasing the person’s beneficial ownership by more than one percent),

(b) by or through an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity and described (or intended to be described) in Internal Revenue Code section 401(a),

(c) by or through an equity compensation plan maintained by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, including this Plan and any program described in Internal Revenue Code section 423,

(d) by an underwriter temporarily holding securities in an offering of securities,

(e) in a Non-Control Transaction, as defined in section 11.1(c), or

(f) in a transaction (other than one described in section 11.1(c)) in which securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors are acquired from Cortland Bancorp, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approves a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition does not constitute a Change in Control.

 

(c) Merger .  Consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity requiring approval of Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders, whether for the transaction or for the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately after the Business Combination –

 

1) more than 50% of the total voting power of either ( x ) the corporation resulting from consummation of the Business Combination (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) or, if applicable, ( y ) the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly beneficially owns 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Parent Corporation ”) is represented by securities that were eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors and that were outstanding immediately before the Business Combination (or, if applicable, represented by securities into which the Cortland Bancorp securities were converted in the Business Combination), and that voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors among the holders thereof immediately before the Business Combination,

 

2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation or any employee stock benefit trust created by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) directly or indirectly is or becomes the beneficial owner of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and

 

3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors when the initial agreement providing for the Business Combination was approved by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

A Business Combination satisfying all of the criteria specified in clauses (1), (2), and (3) of this section 11.1(c) is a “ Non-Control Transaction ,” or

 

(d) Sale of Assets .  If Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Cortland Bancorp or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, but in any case if and only if Cortland Bancorp’s assets are transferred to an entity not owned directly or indirectly by Cortland Bancorp or its stockholders.

 

A-10

 


11.2 Effect of Change in Control .  If a Change in Control occurs, the Plan Committee will have the right in its sole discretion to –

 

(a) accelerate the exercisability of any or all Options or SARs, despite any limitations contained in the Plan or Award Agreement,

 

(b) accelerate the vesting of Restricted Stock, despite any limitations contained in the Plan or Award Agreement,

 

(c) accelerate the vesting of Performance Shares, despite any limitations contained in the Plan or Award Agreement,

 

(d) cancel any or all outstanding Options, SARs, unvested Restricted Stock, and Performance Shares in exchange for the kind and amount of shares of the surviving or new corporation, cash, securities, evidences of indebtedness, other property, or any combination thereof that the holder of the Option, SAR, unvested Restricted Stock, or Performance Share would have received upon consummation of the Change-in-Control transaction (the “ Acquisition Consideration ”) had the Restricted Stock been vested or had the Option, SAR, or Performance Share been exercised or converted into shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock before the transaction, less the applicable exercise or purchase price,

 

(e) cause the holders of any or all Options, SARs, and Performance Shares to have the right during the term of the Option, SAR, or Performance Share to receive upon exercise – or cause the holders of unvested Restricted Stock to receive – the Acquisition Consideration receivable upon consummation of the transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that might have been obtained upon exercise or conversion of all or any portion thereof, less the applicable exercise or purchase price therefor, or to convert the Stock Option, SAR, unvested Restricted Stock, or Performance Share into a stock option, appreciation right, restricted share, or performance share relating to the surviving or new corporation in the transaction, or

 

(f) take such other action as it deems appropriate to preserve the value of the Award to the Participant.

 

The Plan Committee may provide for any of the foregoing actions in an Award Agreement in advance, may provide for any of the foregoing actions in the Change in Control, or both.  Alternatively, the Plan Committee also has the right to require any purchaser of Cortland Bancorp’s assets or stock, as the case may be, to take any of the actions set forth in the preceding sentence as the purchaser may determine to be appropriate or desirable.  The manner of application and interpretation of the provisions of this section 11.2 will be determined by the Plan Committee in its sole and absolute discretion.  Despite any provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, a Participant is not entitled to any amount under this Plan if he or she acts in concert with any person to effect a Change in Control, unless the Participant acted at the specific direction of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and in his or her capacity as an employee of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.  For purposes of this Plan the term “ person ” is as defined in section 3(a)(9) and as used in sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d) (2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the terms “ beneficial owner ” and “ beneficial ownership ” have the meaning given in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Article 12

Amendment, Modification, and Termination of this Plan

 

Cortland Bancorp may terminate, suspend, or amend the Plan at any time without stockholder approval, unless stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable requirements imposed by ( a ) Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule or regulation, ( b ) the Internal Revenue Code, which requirements may include qualification of an Award as performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code section 162(m), or ( c ) any securities exchange, market, or other quotation system on or through which Cortland Bancorp’s securities are listed or traded.  However, no Plan amendment may ( x ) result in the loss of a Plan Committee member’s status as a “non-employee director,” as that term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor rule or regulation, ( y ) cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements imposed by Rule 16b-3, or ( z ) without the affected Participant’s consent (and except as specifically provided otherwise in this Plan or the Award Agreement),

A-11

 


adversely affect any Award granted before the amendment, modification, or termination.  Despite any provision in the Plan to the contrary, including this Article 12, Cortland Bancorp has the right to amend the Plan and any Award Agreements without additional consideration to affected Participants if amendment is necessary to avoid penalties arising under Internal Revenue Code section 409A, even if the amendment reduces, restricts, or eliminates rights granted under the Plan, the Award Agreement, or both before the amendment.

 

Article 13

Issuance of Shares and Share Certificates

 

13.1 Issuance of Shares .  Cortland Bancorp will issue or cause to be issued shares of its common stock as soon as practicable upon exercise or conversion of an Award that is payable in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock.  No shares are issuable until full payment is made, if payment is required by the terms of the Award.  Until a stock certificate evidencing the shares is issued and except as otherwise provided in this Plan, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists for the shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock to be issued, despite the exercise or conversion of the Award payable in shares, except as may be otherwise provided in this Plan.  Issuance of a stock certificate will be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of Cortland Bancorp or of a duly authorized transfer agent of Cortland Bancorp.

 

13.2 Delivery of Share Certificates .  Cortland Bancorp is not required to issue or deliver any certificates until all of the following conditions are fulfilled –

 

(a) payment is made in full for the shares and for any tax withholding,

 

(b) registration or other qualification of the shares the Plan Committee in its discretion deems necessary or advisable under any Federal or state laws or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulating body is completed,

 

(c) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market or another exchange, the shares are admitted to listing,

 

(d) if the offer and sale of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the offer and sale is qualified as a private placement under the Securities Act of 1933 or is qualified under another registration exemption under the Securities Act of 1933,

 

(e) approval or other clearance from any Federal or state governmental agency the Plan Committee in its discretion determines to be necessary or advisable is obtained, and

 

(f) the Plan Committee is satisfied that the issuance and delivery of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock under this Plan complies with applicable Federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, or ordinance or any rule or regulation of any other regulating body, for which the Plan Committee may seek approval of Cortland Bancorp’s counsel.

 

13.3 Applicable Restrictions on Shares .  Shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued may be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as the Plan Committee determines are necessary or advisable under any applicable Federal or state securities law rules, regulations and other requirements, the rules, regulations and other requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market or any stock exchange upon which Cortland Bancorp common stock is listed, and any other applicable Federal or state law.  Certificates for the common stock may bear any restrictive legends the Plan Committee considers appropriate.

 

13.4 Book Entry .  Instead of issuing stock certificates evidencing shares, Cortland Bancorp may use a book entry system in which a computerized or manual entry is made in the records of Cortland Bancorp to evidence the issuance of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock.  Cortland Bancorp’s records are binding on all parties, unless manifest error exists.

 

 

Article 14

A-12

 


Miscellaneous

 

14.1 Assignability .  Except as described in this section or as provided in section 14.2, an Award may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and an Award may be exercised during the Participant’s lifetime solely by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  However, with the permission of the Plan Committee a Participant or a specified group of Participants may transfer Awards other than Incentive Stock Options to a revocable inter vivos trust of which the Participant is the settlor, or may transfer Awards other than Incentive Stock Options to a member of the Participant’s immediate family, a revocable or irrevocable trust established solely for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family, a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or members are members of the Participant’s immediate family, or an organization described in Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3).  An Award transferred to one of these permitted transferees continues to be subject to all of the terms and conditions that applied to the Award before the transfer and to any other rules prescribed by the Plan Committee.  A permitted transferee may not retransfer an Award except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution must be a transfer to a person who would be a permitted transferee according to this section 14.1.

 

14.2 Beneficiary Designation .  Each Participant may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or to exercise any vested Award that is unpaid or unexercised at the Participant’s death.  Beneficiaries may be named contingently or successively.  Unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation, each designation made revokes all previous designations made by the same Participant.  A beneficiary designation must be made on a form prescribed by the Plan Committee and is not effective until filed in writing with the Plan Committee.  If a Participant has not made an effective beneficiary designation, the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is his or her surviving spouse or, if none, the deceased Participant’s estate.  None of Cortland Bancorp, its board of directors, or the Plan Committee is required to infer a beneficiary from any other source.  The identity of a Participant’s designated beneficiary will be based solely on the information included in the latest beneficiary designation form completed by the Participant and will not be inferred from any other evidence.

 

14.3 No Implied Rights to Awards or Continued Services .  No potential participant has any claim or right to be granted an Award under this Plan, and there is no obligation of uniformity of treatment of participants under this Plan.  Nothing in the Plan guarantees or will be construed to guarantee that any Participant will receive a future Award.  Neither this Plan nor any Award will be construed as giving any individual any right to continue as an Employee or Director of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.  Neither the Plan nor any Award constitutes a contract of employment, and Cortland Bancorp expressly reserves to itself and all Related Entities the right at any time to terminate employees free from liability or any claim under this Plan, except as may be specifically provided in this Plan or in an Award Agreement.

 

14.4 Tax Withholding .  (a)  Cortland Bancorp will withhold from other amounts owed to the Participant or require a Participant to remit to Cortland Bancorp an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements on any Award, exercise, or cancellation of an Award or purchase of stock.  If these amounts are not to be withheld from other payments due to the Participant or if there are no other payments due to the Participant, Cortland Bancorp will defer payment of cash or issuance of shares of stock until the earlier of ( x ) 30 days after the settlement date, or ( y ) the date the Participant remits the required amount.

 

(b) If the Participant does not remit the required amount within 30 days after the settlement date, Cortland Bancorp will permanently withhold from the value of the Awards to be distributed the minimum amount required to be withheld to comply with applicable federal, state, and local income, wage, and employment taxes, distributing the balance to the Participant.

 

(c) In its sole discretion, which may be withheld for any reason or for no reason, the Plan Committee may permit a Participant to reimburse Cortland Bancorp for this tax withholding obligation through one or more of the following methods, subject to conditions the Plan Committee establishes –

 

1) having shares of stock otherwise issuable under the Plan withheld by Cortland Bancorp, but only to the extent of the minimum amount that must be withheld to comply with applicable state, federal, and local income, employment, and wage tax laws,

A-13

 


 

2) delivering to Cortland Bancorp previously acquired shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that the Participant has owned for at least six months,

 

3) remitting cash to Cortland Bancorp, or

 

4) remitting a personal check immediately payable to Cortland Bancorp.

 

14.5 Indemnification .  Each individual who is or was a member of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors or Plan Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by Cortland Bancorp against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she is a party or in which he or she is involved because of an action taken or not taken under the Plan as a director of Cortland Bancorp or as a Plan Committee member and against and from any and all amounts paid, with Cortland Bancorp’s approval, by him or her in settlement of any matter related to or arising from the Plan as a Cortland Bancorp director or as a Plan Committee member or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any action, suit or proceeding relating to or arising from the Plan against him or her as a Cortland Bancorp director or as a Plan Committee member, but only if he or she gives Cortland Bancorp an opportunity at its expense to handle and defend the matter before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it in his or her own behalf.  The right of indemnification described in this section is not exclusive and is independent of any other rights of indemnification to which the individual may be entitled under Cortland Bancorp’s organizational documents, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

 

14.6 No Limitation on Compensation .  Nothing in the Plan will be construed to limit the right of Cortland Bancorp to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its employees or directors in cash or property in a manner not expressly authorized under the Plan.

 

14.7 Governing Law .  The Plan and all agreements hereunder will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws, other than laws governing conflict of laws, of the State of Ohio.  This Plan is not intended to be governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  The Plan will be construed and administered in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

14.8 No Impact on Benefits .  Plan Awards are not compensation for purposes of calculating a Participant’s rights under any employee benefit plan that does not specifically require the inclusion of Awards in benefit calculations.

 

14.9 Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3 .  The Plan is intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as that rule may be amended from time to time.  All transactions involving a Participant who is subject to beneficial ownership reporting under section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the conditions set forth in Rule 16b-3, regardless of whether the conditions are expressly set forth in this Plan, and any provision of this Plan that is contrary to Rule 16b-3 does not apply to that Participant.

 

14.10 Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) .  The Plan is intended to comply with applicable requirements of section 162(m) for exemption of performance-based compensation from the deduction limitations of section 162(m).  Unless the Plan Committee expressly determines otherwise, any provision of this Plan that is contrary to those section 162(m) exemption requirements does not apply to an Award that is intended to qualify for the exemption for performance-based compensation.

 

14.11 Successors .  All obligations of Cortland Bancorp under Awards granted under this Plan are binding on any successor to Cortland Bancorp, whether as a result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business or assets of Cortland Bancorp.

 

14.12 Severability .  If any provision of this Plan or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of this Plan or other applications, and this Plan is to be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

A-14

 


14.13 No Golden Parachute Payments .  Despite any provision in this Plan or in an Award Agreement to the contrary, Cortland Bancorp is not required to make any payment under this Plan or an Award Agreement that would be a prohibited golden parachute payment within the meaning of section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

This 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp was adopted by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors on February 24, 2015.  This 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan was thereafter approved by stockholders of Cortland Bancorp at a meeting on May 20, 2015.

 

A-15

 

Exhibit 10.36.1

Cortland Bancorp

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, grants to                                                          (the “ Optionee ”) an option to purchase the total number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, stated in the attached Notice of Grant effective                                        , 20              , at the price specified in the Notice of Grant, subject in all respects to the terms, definitions, and provisions of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Omnibus Equity Plan have the same defined meanings herein.

 

1 . Nature of the Option .  This Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2 . Exercise Price .  The exercise price for each share of common stock is stated in the Notice of Grant and is not less than the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant.  The exercise price for each share of common stock granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of Cortland Bancorp may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

 

3 . Exercise of Option .  This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the vesting schedule stated in the Notice of Grant and in accordance with the terms of the Omnibus Equity Plan as follows:

 

(a) Right to Exercise .

 

(1)

this Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(2)

in the case of the Optionee’s death or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by sections 7 and 8 below, subject to the limitations contained in subsection 3(a)(3).

 

(3)

this Option may not be exercised after expiration of its term, as provided by section 10 below.

 

(b) Method of Exercise .  This Option is exercisable by executing the Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating the Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of shares for which the Option is exercised, and such other representations and agreements concerning the holder’s investment intent as may be required by Cortland Bancorp under the provisions of the Omnibus Equity Plan.  The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered by certified mail to the Plan Committee or the Plan Committee’s designee.  The Notice of Exercise must be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.  This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of the Notice of Exercise accompanied by payment of the exercise price in full.

 

No Shares will be issued for the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which Cortland Bancorp common stock may then be listed.  For income tax purposes shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised.

 

4 . Optionee's Representations .  If this Option and the shares acquirable by exercise of this Option are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 when this Option is exercised, the Optionee must, if required by Cortland Bancorp, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option deliver to Cortland Bancorp an investment representation statement in the customary form, a copy of which is available for Optionee’s review from Cortland Bancorp upon request.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that a certificate or certificates representing shares acquired by exercise of an Option may bear a restrictive legend or legends noting the restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws and the Omnibus Equity Plan.

 

5 . Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price may be by any of the following methods or a combination thereof, at the election of the committee in its sole discretion:

 

(a) cash or a cash equivalent,

(b) actual or constructive delivery of unrestricted shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock,

(c) a combination of cash and shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, or

(d) cashless exercise or net exercise.


 

6 . Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised before the Omnibus Equity Plan is approved by Cortland Bancorp stockholders, or if the issuance of shares upon exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, Cortland Bancorp may require the Optionee to make any representation and warranty to Cortland Bancorp as Cortland Bancorp in its sole discretion considers necessary or appropriate under applicable law.

 

7 . Termination of Status as an Employee for Cause or Other Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee is terminated for cause or if in Cortland Bancorp’s judgment a basis for termination for cause exists, all rights under any unexercised options will expire immediately and the unexercised options will be immediately forfeited, regardless of whether the options are exercisable and regardless of whether Optionee’s employment with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity actually terminates.  “Termination for cause” includes one or more of the following acts:

 

(a) an act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation, embezzlement, misappropriation, or conversion by the Optionee of the assets or business opportunities of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(b) conviction of the Optionee of or plea by the Optionee of guilty or no contest to a felony or a misdemeanor,

 

(c) violation by the Optionee of the written policies or procedures of Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity with which the Optionee is employed, including but not limited to violation of Cortland Bancorp’s or the Related Entity’s code of ethics,

 

(d) unless disclosure is inadvertent, disclosure to unauthorized persons of any confidential information not in the public domain relating to Cortland Bancorp’s or a Related Entity’s business, including all processes, inventions, trade secrets, computer programs, technical data, drawings or designs, information concerning pricing and pricing policies, marketing techniques, plans and forecasts, new product information, information concerning methods and manner of operations, and information relating to the identity and location of all past, present, and prospective customers and suppliers,

 

(e) intentional breach of any contract with or violation of any legal obligation owed to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(f) dishonesty relating to the duties owed by the Optionee to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(g) the Optionee’s willful and continued refusal to substantially perform assigned duties, other than refusal resulting from sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a Disability,

 

(h) the Optionee’s willful engagement in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(i) the Optionee’s breach of any term of the Omnibus Equity Plan or this Agreement,

 

(j) intentional cooperation with a party attempting a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp, unless Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors approves or ratifies the Optionee’s action before the Change in Control or unless the Optionee’s cooperation is required by law, or

 

(k) any action that constitutes cause as defined in any written agreement between the Optionee and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.

 

If the Optionee is terminated for any other reason, all options that are exercisable when termination occurs will be forfeited if not exercised before the earlier of ( x ) the expiration date specified in this Agreement or ( y ) 90 days after the termination date.  Nothing in section 7 permits exercise of an option after the option’s expiration date.

 

2

 


8 . Death of Optionee .  The Optionee may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or to exercise any vested options that are unpaid or unexercised at the Optionee’s death.  Beneficiaries may be named contingently or successively.  A beneficiary designation must be made on a form prescribed by the Plan Committee and will not be effective until filed in writing with the Plan Committee.

 

9 . Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime by the Optionee only.  The terms of this Option are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the Optionee.

 

10 . Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised on or before the Expiration Date stated in the Notice of Grant and may be exercised during the term solely in accordance with the Omnibus Equity Plan and the terms of this Incentive Stock Option Agreement.

 

11 . Early Disposition of Stock .  The Optionee understands that if the Optionee disposes of any shares received under this Option within two years after the date of this Incentive Stock Option Agreement or within one year after shares are transferred to the Optionee, the Optionee will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of that disqualifying disposition, the amount of income generally being measured by the difference between the price paid for the shares and the lower of the fair market value of the shares at the date of the exercise or the fair market value of the shares at the date of the disqualifying disposition.  But the amount of ordinary income may be measured differently if the Optionee is an officer, director, or 10% stockholder of Cortland Bancorp, or if the shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture at the time they are transferred to the Optionee.   The Optionee hereby agrees to notify Cortland Bancorp in writing within 30 days after the date of any disqualifying disposition by executing the Notice of Disqualifying Disposition in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, stating the number of shares sold or transferred, the date the shares were sold or transferred, and the sale price, if applicable .  The Optionee understands that if the Optionee disposes of shares after the expiration of the two-year and one-year holding periods, the gain on sale will be taxed as long-term capital gain.

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

By:                                                     

 

Its:                                                     

 

The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of shares according to the Notice of Grant and section 3 of this Incentive Stock Option Agreement is earned solely by continuing employment with Cortland Bancorp.  The Optionee further acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement or in Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan incorporated herein by reference confers upon the Optionee any right to continued employment by Cortland Bancorp, and nothing in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement or in Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan interferes with the Optionee’s right or Cortland Bancorp’s right to terminate the Optionee’s employment at any time, with or without cause.  The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Omnibus Equity Plan and represents that the Optionee is familiar with its terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of those terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the committee administering the Omnibus Equity Plan upon any questions arising under the Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Optionee further agrees to notify Cortland Bancorp of any change in the residence address below.

 

Dated:

                         , 20              Optionee

 

 

                                           Print Name:

Residence Address:

                                             , Ohio         


3

 


Notice of Grant

 

 

Under the terms of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan, Cortland Bancorp hereby grants to                                            an option to purchase from Cortland Bancorp a total of                  shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock at the exercise price per share set forth below:

Date of grant

 

Number of shares acquirable by exercise of option

 

Type of option

ISO / NQSO

 

Exercise price per share

 

Becomes vested and exercisable

 

Expires

 

 

 

 

ISO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

 

By:                                                                         

 

Its:                                                                         

 


4

 


Exhibit A

Notice of Exercise

 

To: Cortland Bancorp

 

Attn: Compensation Committee

 

Subject: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

The undersigned Optionee is exercising vested options to purchase shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock under Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan and the undersigned’s Incentive Stock Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Option grant date

 

Type of option

ISO / NQSO

 

Number of shares being purchased

 

Option price

(per share)

 

Tax due

(if applicable)

 

Total amount due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I am paying the cost to exercise as specified below by method a, b, c, or d ( circle one below )

 

(a) Cash Payment .  Enclosed is my check #                    in the amount of $                        .

 

(b) Surrender of Cortland Bancorp Shares .

 

(c) A Combination of Cash and Cortland Bancorp Shares .  As described below:

 

                                                                                  

 

(d) Cashless Exercise or Net Exercise .

 

I certify that if I transfer the stock purchased by this exercise I will not do so in a manner that violates Cortland Bancorp’s policy on insider trading.

 

Signed by the Optionee this                    day of                                        , 20                .

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature                                                                                         

 

 

Print Name                                                                                                         

 

 

Home Address                                                                                                     

 

 

City, State, Zip Code                                                                                         

 

 

Daytime Phone                                                                                                   

 

 

Social Security Number                                                                                     

 

 

 

 


5

 


Exhibit B

Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

 

To: Cortland Bancorp

 

Attn: Stock Option Administrator

 

Subject: Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

 

The undersigned disposed of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan as follows:

 

Date of grant

 

Exercise date

 

Option price (per share)

 

Transfer date

 

Market value (per share)

 

Total shares transferred / sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I understand that for Federal income tax purposes Cortland Bancorp must report on a Form W-2 the compensation of employees who dispose of Incentive Stock Options shares within one year from the Date of Exercise or within two years from the date of grant.

 

Optionee’s Signature                                                                                         

 

 

Print Name                                                                                                         

 

 

Home Address                                                                                                     

 

 

City, State, Zip Code                                                                                         

 

 

Daytime Phone                                                                                                   

 

 

Social Security Number                                                                                     

 

 

 

 

You must use this form if you dispose of ISO shares within two years after the grant date or within one year after the exercise date

6

 

Exhibit 10.36.2

Cortland Bancorp

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

 

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, grants to                                            (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the total number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, stated in the attached Notice of Grant effective                                            , 20                    , at the price specified in the Notice of Grant, subject in all respects to the terms, definitions, and provisions of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Omnibus Equity Plan have the same defined meanings herein.

 

1. Nature of the Option .  This Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2. Exercise Price .  The exercise price for each share of common stock is stated in the Notice of Grant and is not less than the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

3. Exercise of Option .  This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the vesting schedule stated in the Notice of Grant and in accordance with the terms of the Omnibus Equity Plan as follows:

 

(a) Right to Exercise .

 

(1) this Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(2)

in the case of the Optionee’s death or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by sections 7 and 8 below, subject to the limitations contained in subsection 3(a)(3).

 

(3) this Option may not be exercised after expiration of its term, as provided by section 10 below.

 

(b) Method of Exercise .  This Option is exercisable by executing the Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating the Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of shares for which the Option is exercised, and such other representations and agreements concerning the holder’s investment intent as may be required by Cortland Bancorp under the provisions of the Omnibus Equity Plan.  The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered by certified mail to the Plan Committee or the Plan Committee’s designee.  The Notice of Exercise must be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.  This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of the Notice of Exercise accompanied by payment of the exercise price in full.

 

No Shares will be issued for the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which Cortland Bancorp common stock may then be listed.  For income tax purposes shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised.

 

4. Optionee's Representations .  If this Option and the shares acquirable by exercise of this Option are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 when this Option is exercised, the Optionee must, if required by Cortland Bancorp, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option deliver to Cortland Bancorp an investment representation statement in the customary form, a copy of which is available for Optionee’s review from Cortland Bancorp upon request.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that a certificate or certificates representing shares acquired by exercise of an Option may bear a restrictive legend or legends noting the restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws and the Omnibus Equity Plan.

 

5. Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price may be by any of the following methods or a combination thereof, at the election of the committee in its sole discretion:

 

(a) cash or a cash equivalent,

(b) actual or constructive delivery of unrestricted shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock,

(c) a combination of cash and shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, or

(d) cashless exercise or net exercise.

 


6. Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised before the Omnibus Equity Plan is approved by Cortland Bancorp stockholders, or if the issuance of shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, Cortland Bancorp may require the Optionee to make any representation and warranty to Cortland Bancorp as Cortland Bancorp in its sole discretion considers necessary or appropriate under applicable law.

 

7. Termination of Status as an Employee for Cause or Other Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee is terminated for cause or if in Cortland Bancorp’s judgment a basis for termination for cause exists, all rights under any unexercised options will expire immediately and the unexercised options will be immediately forfeited, regardless of whether the options are exercisable and regardless of whether Optionee’s employment with Cortland Bancorp or a related entity actually terminates.  “Termination for cause” includes one or more of the following acts:

 

(a) an act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation, embezzlement, misappropriation, or conversion by the Optionee of the assets or business opportunities of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(b) conviction of the Optionee of or plea by the Optionee of guilty or no contest to a felony or a misdemeanor,

 

(c) violation by the Optionee of the written policies or procedures of Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity with which the Optionee is employed, including but not limited to violation of Cortland Bancorp’s or the Related Entity’s code of ethics,

 

(d) unless disclosure is inadvertent, disclosure to unauthorized persons of any confidential information not in the public domain relating to Cortland Bancorp’s or a Related Entity’s business, including all processes, inventions, trade secrets, computer programs, technical data, drawings or designs, information concerning pricing and pricing policies, marketing techniques, plans and forecasts, new product information, information concerning methods and manner of operations, and information relating to the identity and location of all past, present, and prospective customers and suppliers,

 

(e) intentional breach of any contract with or violation of any legal obligation owed to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(f) dishonesty relating to the duties owed by the Optionee to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(g) the Optionee’s willful and continued refusal to substantially perform assigned duties, other than refusal resulting from sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a Disability,

 

(h) the Optionee’s willful engagement in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

(i) the Optionee’s breach of any term of the Omnibus Equity Plan or this Agreement,

 

(j) intentional cooperation with a party attempting a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp, unless Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors approves or ratifies the Optionee’s action before the Change in Control or unless the Optionee’s cooperation is required by law, or

 

(k) any action that constitutes cause as defined in any written agreement between the Optionee and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.

 

If the Optionee is terminated for any other reason, all options that are exercisable when termination occurs will be forfeited if not exercised before the earlier of ( x ) the expiration date specified in this Agreement or ( y ) 90 days after the termination date.

 

Nothing in Section 7 permits exercise of an option after the option’s expiration date.

 


8. Death of Optionee .  The Optionee may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or to exercise any vested options that are unpaid or unexercised at the Optionee’s death.  Beneficiaries may be named contingently or successively.  A beneficiary designation must be made on a form prescribed by the Plan Committee and will not be effective until filed in writing with the Plan Committee.

9. Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime by the Optionee only.  The terms of this Option are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the Optionee.

 

10. Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised on or before the Expiration Date stated in the Notice of Grant and may be exercised during the term solely in accordance with the Omnibus Equity Plan and the terms of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

 

By:                                                             

 

Its:                                                             

 

The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of shares according to the Notice of Grant and section 3 of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is earned solely by continuing employment or service with Cortland Bancorp.  The Optionee further acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement or in Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan incorporated herein by reference confers upon the Optionee any right to continued employment by Cortland Bancorp, and nothing in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement or in Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan interferes with the Optionee’s right or Cortland Bancorp’s right to terminate the Optionee’s employment at any time, with or without cause.  The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Omnibus Equity Plan and represents that the Optionee is familiar with its terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of those terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the committee administering the Omnibus Equity Plan upon any questions arising under the Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Optionee further agrees to notify Cortland Bancorp of any change in the residence address below.

 

Dated:                                , 20            Optionee

 

                                             Print Name:

 

Residence Address:

 

                                       , Ohio             



Notice of Grant

 

 

Under the terms of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan, Cortland Bancorp hereby grants to                                                    an option to purchase from Cortland Bancorp a total of                          shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock at the exercise price per share set forth below:

Date of grant

 

Number of shares acquirable by exercise of option

 

Exercise price per share

 

Becomes vested and exercisable

 

Expires

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

 

By:                                                     

 

Its:                                                     

 

 



Exhibit A

Notice of Exercise

 

To: Cortland Bancorp

 

Attn: Compensation Committee

 

Subject: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

The undersigned Optionee is exercising vested options to purchase shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock under Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan as follows:

 

Option grant date

 

Number of shares being purchased

 

Option price

(per share)

 

Tax due *

(if applicable)

 

Total amount due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Cortland Bancorp is required to withhold taxes when employees exercise an NQSO.

 

 

I am paying the cost to exercise as specified below by method a, b, c, or d ( circle one below )

 

(a) Cash Payment .  Enclosed is my check #                    in the amount of $                        .

 

(b) Surrender of Cortland Bancorp Shares .

 

(c) A Combination of Cash and Cortland Bancorp Shares .  As described below:

 

                                                                                  

 

(d) Cashless Exercise or Net Exercise .

 

I certify that if I transfer the stock purchased by this exercise I will not do so in a manner that violates Cortland Bancorp’s policy on insider trading.

 

Signed by the Optionee this              day of                                            , 20              .

 

 

Optionee’s Signature                                                                                         

 

 

Print Name                                                                                                         

 

 

Home Address                                                                                                     

 

 

City, State, Zip Code                                                                                           

 

 

Daytime Phone                                                                                                     

 

 

Social Security Number                                                                                       

 

 

Exhibit 10.36.3

Cortland Bancorp

2015 Omnibus Equity Plan

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, hereby grants Restricted Stock in accordance with Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan to                                                (the “Participant”), subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  Terms defined in the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan are used in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as they are defined in the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.

 

1 . Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Subject to the Award .  The number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock awarded under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is                            shares, along with shares issuable after the effective date of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as a stock dividend or stock split or issuable because of another form of change in the capital structure of Cortland Bancorp.

 

2 . Effective Date of the Award .  The date of this Award and the effective date of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is                                    , 20              .

 

3 . The Award is Conditional and is Subject to Forfeiture .  The only condition to unrestricted ownership of the shares awarded by this Restricted Stock Award Agreement that must be satisfied by the Participant is that the Participant must maintain continuous employment with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity for                years after the effective date.  Until the                          , 20                vesting date, the Restricted Stock awarded by this Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be held by Cortland Bancorp as escrow agent and will be unvested.  If the Participant maintains continuous employment with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity until the                       , 20              vesting date, the Award will be fully vested and non-forfeitable on that date and the Participant will then possess all right, title, and interest in the shares.  If the Participant does not maintain continuous employment with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity until the vesting date, whether because of voluntary or involuntary termination, termination because of disability, or death, the Award will be forfeited in its entirety by the Participant effective as of the date the Participant’s employment terminates, unless in its sole discretion the Plan Committee elects to accelerate the Participant’s vesting in and right to all or a portion of the Award when the Participant’s employment terminates.  However, if a Change in Control occurs before the vesting date and if the Participant maintains continuous employment with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity through the date of the Change in Control, on the date of the Change in Control the Award will be fully vested and non-forfeitable and the Participant thereafter will possess all right, title, and interest in the shares.

 

4 . The Shares of Restricted Stock Subject to the Award Are Not Transferable as Long as the Award Is Subject to Forfeiture .  Until the shares of Restricted Stock subject to the Award are vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with section 3, the Participant is not permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign, or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the shares or any interest in the shares.  Until then, Cortland Bancorp is entitled to disregard any attempt by the Participant to sell, transfer, pledge, assign, or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the shares or any interest in the shares, and any such sale, transfer, pledge, assignment, or other alienation or hypothecation is void and of no force or effect.

 

5 . Rights as a Stockholder .  Except as may be otherwise provided in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the record holder of the shares of Restricted Stock subject to the Award the Participant has all of the associated rights of a stockholder under Ohio law and Cortland Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, including the right to exercise voting power and the right to cash dividends if, as, and when declared by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

6 . The 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan Governs .  The Award and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan, as well as any rules of the Plan Committee under the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Participant acknowledges having received a copy of the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Participant represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions of the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Participant accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.  The Participant agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors or Plan Committee having to do with the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan or this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

7. Certificates .  Provided book entry registration is allowed by Cortland Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, instead of issuing certificates representing shares of common stock awarded by this Restricted


Stock Award Agreement, Cortland Bancorp may record the Participant’s ownership of the shares using a book entry system.  If certificates are issued, they will bear such restrictive legends as Cortland Bancorp deem necessary or desirable.

8 . Entire Agreement .  This Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan supersede any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties concerning the subject matter and constitute the sole agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter.  All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties concerning the subject matter of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are merged in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  Each party to this Restricted Stock Award Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements concerning the Restricted Stock have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party that are not contained in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement or in the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.  Each party acknowledges that any agreement, statement, or promise concerning the Restricted Stock that is not contained in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement or the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan is not valid, is not binding, and is of no force or effect.

 

9 . Modification .  No change or modification of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and is signed by the parties.  However, Cortland Bancorp may change or modify this Restricted Stock Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent or signature if in its sole discretion Cortland Bancorp determines that the change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including but not limited to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any regulations or other Department of Treasury guidance of general application issued under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.  Cortland Bancorp may amend the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan to the extent permitted by the 2015 Omnibus Equity Plan.

 

10 . Headings .  The headings in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and do not affect the interpretation of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

11 . Notice .  All notices, requests, and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be considered duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.  If to Cortland Bancorp, notice must be given to Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as Cortland Bancorp designates to the Participant in writing.  If to the Participant, notice may be given to the Participant at the Participant’s address appearing on the signature page of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or to such other address as the Participant designates in writing to Cortland Bancorp.

 

12 . Taxes .  The Participant is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor about the tax consequences of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the method and timing for filing an election to include this Award in income under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the tax consequences of that election.  By executing this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Participant agrees that if the Participant makes an election to include the Award in income under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Participant will provide Cortland Bancorp with written notice of the election in accordance with the regulations under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

13 . No Registration Rights .  The Participant acknowledges and agrees that Cortland Bancorp and its Related Entities are under no obligation to register the Participant’s offer and sale of the shares awarded under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state.

 

In Witness Whereof , Cortland Bancorp has caused this Restricted Stock Award Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date specified in section 1, and the Participant has duly executed this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of the date specified in section 1 and consents to and approves all of its terms.

 

Participant Cortland Bancorp

 

 

                                            

By:                                                   

Print Name:

Print Name:

Its:                                                   

2

 


 

Residence Address:

 

                                               , Ohio               

 

3

 

Exhibit 10.37

2015 Director Equity Plan

 

Article 1

Purpose and Effective Date

 

1.1 Purpose .  The purpose of this 2015 Director Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp is to promote the long-term financial success of Cortland Bancorp, increasing stockholder value by enabling Cortland Bancorp and its related entities to attract and retain the services of those directors upon whom the successful conduct of Cortland Bancorp’s business depends.

 

1.2 Effective Date .  This Plan will be effective when it is adopted by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors and approved thereafter by the affirmative vote of Cortland Bancorp stockholders.  Any award granted under this Plan before stockholder approval is null and void if stockholders do not approve the Plan within 12 months after the Plan’s adoption by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.  Subject to section 9.1, the Plan will continue until the tenth anniversary of the date it is approved by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

Article 2

Definitions

 

2.1 Award means a grant of ( a ) stock options under Article 4 or ( b ) Restricted Stock under Article 5.

 

2.2 Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement between Cortland Bancorp and each Participant containing the terms and conditions of an Award and the manner in which it will or may be settled if earned.  If there is a conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of the Award Agreement, the terms of this Plan will govern.

 

2.3 Cortland Bancorp means Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation.  Except for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred (according to Article 7), the term Cortland Bancorp also means any corporation or entity that is a successor to Cortland Bancorp or substantially all of its assets and that assumes the obligations of Cortland Bancorp under this Plan by operation of law or otherwise.

 

2.4 Exercise Price means the amount, if any, a Participant must pay to exercise an Award.

 

2.5 Fair Market Value means the value of one share of Cortland Bancorp common stock, determined according to the following rules: ( x ) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded on an exchange or on an automated quotation system giving closing prices, the reported closing price on the relevant date if it is a trading day and otherwise on the next trading day, ( y ) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded over-the-counter with no reported closing price, the mean between the highest bid and the lowest asked prices on that quotation system on the relevant date if it is a trading day and otherwise on the next trading day, or ( z ) if neither clause ( x ) nor clause ( y ) applies, the fair market value as determined by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors in good faith.

 

2.6 Internal Revenue Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or superseded after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2, and any applicable rulings or regulations issued under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2.7 Nonemployee Director means a person who, on the date an Award is made to him or to her, is not an employee but who is a member of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors, a member of the board of directors of a Related Entity, or a member of the governing body of any unincorporated Related Entity.  For purposes of applying this definition, a Nonemployee Director’s status is determined as of the date an Award is made to him or to her.

 

2 . 8 Option means the right granted under Article 4 to acquire at a stated price during a specified period a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock.

 

B-1

 


2.9 Participant means a Nonemployee Director to whom an Award is granted, for as long as the Award remains outstanding.

 

2.10 Plan means this 2015 Director Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp, as amended from time to time.

 

2.11 Plan Year means Cortland Bancorp’s fiscal year.

 

2.12 Related Entity means an entity that is or becomes related to Cortland Bancorp through common ownership, as determined under Internal Revenue Code section 414(b) or (c) but modified as permitted under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E) and any successor to those regulations.

 

2.13 Restricted Stock means a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock granted under Article 5 of this Plan or a Restricted Stock Unit granted under Article 5 of this Plan and representing the right to receive a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock.

 

Article 3

Plan Terms

 

3.1 Award Authority .  Nonemployee Directors only are eligible for Awards under the Plan.  Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors alone has authority to select Nonemployee Directors who will be granted Awards, to specify the types of Awards, and to determine the terms upon which Awards are granted and may be earned.  The board of directors may establish different terms and conditions for each type of Award granted to a Nonemployee Director and for each Nonemployee Director receiving the same type of Award, regardless of whether the Awards are granted at the same or different times.

 

3.2 Duties .  Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors is responsible for administering the Plan and has all powers appropriate and necessary for that purpose.  Consistent with the Plan’s objectives, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan to protect Cortland Bancorp’s and Related Entities’ interests, and the board has complete discretion to make all other decisions necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan.  Actions of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors are final, binding, and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons.  In its sole discretion, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may delegate its duties associated with the Plan to any person, except that the board of directors may not delegate its authority under section 3.1 to determine which Nonemployee Directors will be granted Awards, to specify the types of Awards to be made to Nonemployee Directors, or to determine the terms upon which Awards are granted and may be earned.

 

3.3 Award Agreement .  As soon as administratively practical after the date an Award is made, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will prepare and deliver an Award Agreement to each affected Participant.  The Award Agreement must–

 

(a) describe the terms of the Award, including the type of Award and when and how it may be exercised or earned,

 

(b) state the Exercise Price, if any, associated with the Award,

 

(c) state how the Award will or may be settled,

 

(d) if different from the terms of the Plan, describe ( x ) any conditions that must be satisfied before the Award is earned or may be exercised, ( y ) any objective restrictions placed on the Award and any performance-related conditions and performance criteria that must be satisfied before those restrictions will be released, and ( z ) any other applicable terms and conditions affecting the Award.

 

3.4 Conditions of Participation .  By accepting an Award, each Nonemployee Director agrees ( x ) to be bound by the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan and to comply with other conditions imposed by the board of directors, and ( y ) that Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may amend the Plan and the Award Agreements without any

B-2

 


additional consideration if necessary to avoid penalties arising under Internal Revenue Code section 409A, even if the amendment reduces, restricts, or eliminates rights that were granted under the Plan, the Award Agreement, or both before the amendment.

 

3.5 Restriction on Repricing .  Regardless of any other provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may not reprice (as defined under rules of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market) any Award unless the repricing is approved in advance by Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders acting at a meeting.

 

3.6 Number of Authorized Shares of Stock .  With any adjustments required by section 3.8, the maximum number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that may be subject to Awards under this Plan is 113,000.  The shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock to be delivered under this Plan may consist in whole or in part of treasury stock or authorized but unissued shares not reserved for any other purpose.  The number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock underlying Awards (including but not limited to Options) granted under this Plan to an individual Participant in any Plan Year, regardless of whether the Awards are thereafter canceled, forfeited, or terminated, may not exceed 5% of the shares authorized by this section 3.6 for Awards under this Plan.

 

3.7 Share Accounting .  (a) The number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock available for Awards under this Plan will be conditionally reduced by the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock subject to outstanding Awards.

 

(b) As appropriate, the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock available for Awards under this Plan will be absolutely reduced by ( x ) the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued through Option exercises, and ( y ) the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued because of satisfaction of the terms of an Award Agreement for Restricted Stock that, by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, are to be settled in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock.

 

(c) As appropriate, shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock subject to an Award that for any reason is forfeited, cancelled, terminated, relinquished, exchanged, or otherwise settled without the issuance of Cortland Bancorp common stock or without payment of cash equal to its Fair Market Value or the difference between the Award’s Fair Market Value and its Exercise Price, if any, may again be granted under the Plan.  If the Exercise Price of an Award is paid in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, the shares received by Cortland Bancorp may not be added to the maximum aggregate number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that can be issued under section 3.6.

 

3.8 Adjustment in Capitalization .  If after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 there is a stock dividend or stock split, recapitalization (including payment of an extraordinary dividend), merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to stockholders, exchange of shares or other similar corporate change affecting Cortland Bancorp common stock, then consistent with the applicable provisions of Internal Revenue Code and associated regulations and to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will, in a manner the board considers equitable, adjust the aggregate number of shares available for Awards under section 3.6 or subject to outstanding Awards, as well as any share-based limits imposed under this Plan, the respective Exercise Price, number of shares, and other limitations applicable to outstanding or subsequently granted Awards, and any other factors, limits, or terms affecting any outstanding or subsequently granted Awards.

 

Article 4

Options

 

4.1 Grant of Options .  Subject to Article 6 and the terms of the Plan and the associated Award Agreement, at any time during the term of this Plan Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may grant Options to Nonemployee Directors.  Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, Options awarded under this Plan are intended to satisfy the requirements for exclusion from coverage under Internal Revenue Code section 409A.  All Option Award Agreements will be construed and administered consistent with that intention.

 

B-3

 


4.2 Exercise Price .  Each Option will have an Exercise Price per share at least equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the grant date, meaning the closing price on the grant date if Cortland Bancorp common stock is traded on an exchange or on an automated quotation system giving closing prices (or the closing price on the next trading day if the grant date is not a trading day).

 

4.3 Exercise of Options .  Subject to Article 6 and any terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and unless specified otherwise in the Award Agreement, Options are exercisable at the time or times specified in the Award Agreement, but not more than ten years after the grant date if no period is specified in the Award Agreement.

 

4.4 Exercise Procedures and Payment for Options .  Acceptable methods and forms of payment of the Exercise Price may include but are not limited to: ( x ) payment in cash or a cash equivalent, ( y ) actual or constructive transfer by the Participant to Cortland Bancorp of unrestricted shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock as partial or full payment of the Exercise Price, either by actual delivery of the shares or by attestation, with each share valued at the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the exercise date, or ( z ) a form of cashless exercise or net exercise of the Option.  In its sole discretion Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may withhold its approval for any method of payment for any reason, including but not limited to concerns that the proposed method of payment will result in adverse financial accounting treatment, adverse tax treatment for Cortland Bancorp or the Participant, or a violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time, and related regulations and guidance.  A Participant may exercise an Option solely by sending to Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors or its designee a completed exercise notice in the form prescribed by board along with payment, or designation of an approved payment procedure, of the Exercise Price.

 

4.5 Rights Associated With Options .  A Participant holding an unexercised Option has no voting or dividend rights associated with shares underlying the unexercised Option.  The Option is transferable solely as provided in section 9.2.  Unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement or as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, Cortland Bancorp common stock acquired by Option exercise has all dividend and voting rights associated with Cortland Bancorp common stock and is transferable, subject to applicable federal securities laws, applicable requirements of any national securities exchange or system on which shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock are then listed or traded, and applicable blue sky or state securities laws.

 

Article 5

Restricted Stock

 

5.1 Grant of Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and the associated Award Agreement, at any time during the term of this Plan Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may grant Restricted Stock to Nonemployee Directors.  Restricted Stock may be granted at no cost or at a price per share determined by the board of directors, which may be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Cortland Bancorp common stock on the date of grant.

 

5.2 Earning Restricted Stock .  Subject to the terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the Plan and the associated Award Agreement and unless otherwise specified in the Award Agreement –

 

(a) restrictions and conditions imposed on Restricted Stock granted to Nonemployee Directors will lapse as described in the Award Agreement,

 

(b) during the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined, Restricted Stock and any shares of common stock issuable as a dividend or other distribution on the Restricted Stock will be held by Cortland Bancorp as escrow agent,

 

(c) at the end of the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined, the Restricted Stock will be ( x ) forfeited if all terms, restrictions, and conditions described in the Award Agreement are not satisfied (with a refund, without interest, of any consideration paid by the Participant), or ( y ) released from escrow and distributed to the Participant as soon as practicable after the last day of the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined if all terms, restrictions, and conditions specified in the

B-4

 


Award Agreement are satisfied.  Any Restricted Stock Award relating to a fractional share of Cortland Bancorp common stock will be rounded to the next whole share when settled.

 

5.3 Rights Associated With Restricted Stock .  During the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined and unless the Restricted Stock Award Agreement specifies otherwise, Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.  Except as otherwise required by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, during the period in which satisfaction of the conditions imposed on Restricted Stock is to be determined each Participant to whom Restricted Stock is issued may exercise full voting rights associated with that Restricted Stock and is entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions on that Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a dividend or other distribution is paid in the form of shares of common stock, those shares will also be considered Restricted Stock and will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock to which the dividend or distribution relates.

 

5.4 Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b) Election .  Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may provide in an Award Agreement that the Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b).  If a Participant makes an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) concerning a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant must promptly file a copy of the election with Cortland Bancorp

 

Article 6

Participant Termination

 

6.1 Termination with Cause .  (a)  If a Participant’s service terminates with Cause or if in Cortland Bancorp’s judgement a basis for termination with Cause exists, all Awards held by the Participant that are outstanding will be forfeited, regardless of whether the Awards are exercisable and regardless of whether the Participant’s employment or director service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity actually terminates, except that Restricted Stock that has been released from escrow and distributed to the Participant is not affected by termination with Cause.

 

(b) The term “Cause” means one or more of the acts described in this section 6.1.  However, Cause will not be deemed to exist merely because the Participant is absent because of sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a disability, or other period of absence approved by Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity, as the case may be:

 

1) an act of fraud, intentional misrepresentation, embezzlement, misappropriation, or conversion by the Participant of the assets or business opportunities of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

2) conviction of the Participant of or plea by the Participant of guilty or no contest to a felony or a misdemeanor,

 

3) violation by the Participant of the written policies or procedures of Cortland Bancorp or the Related Entity, including but not limited to violation of Cortland Bancorp’s or the Related Entity’s code of ethics,

 

4) unless disclosure is inadvertent, disclosure to unauthorized persons of any confidential information not in the public domain relating to Cortland Bancorp’s or a Related Entity’s business, including all processes, inventions, trade secrets, computer programs, technical data, drawings or designs, information concerning pricing and pricing policies, marketing techniques, plans and forecasts, new product information, information concerning methods and manner of operations, and information relating to the identity and location of all past, present, and prospective customers and suppliers,

 

5) intentional breach of any contract with or violation of any legal obligation owed to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

6) dishonesty relating to the duties owed by the Participant to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

B-5

 


7) the Participant’s willful and continued refusal to substantially perform duties as a director, other than refusal resulting from sickness or illness or while suffering from an incapacity due to physical or mental illness, including a condition that does or may constitute a disability,

 

8) the Participant’s willful engagement in gross misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity,

 

9) the Participant’s breach of any term of this Plan or an Award Agreement, or

 

10) intentional cooperation with a party attempting a Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp, unless Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors approves or ratifies the Participant’s action before the Change in Control or unless the Participant’s cooperation is required by law.

 

6.2 Termination for any Other Reason .  Unless specified otherwise in the Award Agreement or in this Plan and except as provided in section 6.1, the portion of a Participant’s outstanding Award that is unvested and unexercisable when the Participant’s director service terminates is forfeited and the portion of any Restricted Stock Award that is unvested and held in escrow is forfeited.  Options that are exercisable when termination occurs will be forfeited if not exercised before the earlier of ( x ) the expiration date specified in the Award Agreement or ( y ) 90 days after the termination date.

 

Article 7

Effect of a Change in Control

 

7.1 Definition of Change in Control .  The term “ Change in Control ” has the meaning given in any written agreement between the Nonemployee Director and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.  However, if an Award is subject to Internal Revenue Code section 409A, the term Change in Control has the meaning given in section 409A.  If an Award is not subject to Internal Revenue Code section 409A and if the term Change in Control is not defined in a written agreement between the Nonemployee Director and Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, any of the following events occurring on or after the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 constitutes a Change in Control –

 

(a) Change in board composition .  If individuals who constitute Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors on the date this Plan becomes effective under section 1.2 (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors.  A person who becomes a director after the date this Plan becomes effective and whose election or nomination for election is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors on the board of directors is deemed to be an Incumbent Director.  The necessary two-thirds approval may take the form of a specific vote on that person’s election or nomination or approval of Cortland Bancorp’s proxy statement in which the person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection by Incumbent Directors to the nomination.  A person elected or nominated as a director of Cortland Bancorp initially as the result of an actual or threatened director-election contest or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will never be considered an Incumbent Director unless at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors specifically vote to treat that person as an Incumbent Director.

 

(b) Significant ownership change .  If any person directly or indirectly is or becomes the beneficial owner of securities whose combined voting power in the election of Cortland Bancorp’s directors is –

 

1) 50% or more of the combined voting power of all of Cortland Bancorp’s outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of Cortland Bancorp directors,

 

2) 25% or more, but less than 50%, of the combined voting power of all of Cortland Bancorp’s outstanding securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp’s directors, except that an event described in this paragraph (b)(2) will not constitute a Change in Control if it is the result of any of the following acquisitions of Cortland Bancorp’s securities –

 

(a) by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, reducing the number of Cortland Bancorp securities outstanding (unless the person thereafter becomes the beneficial owner of additional securities that are

B-6

 


eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors, increasing the person’s beneficial ownership by more than one percent),

(b) by or through an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity and described (or intended to be described) in Internal Revenue Code section 401(a),

(c) by or through an equity compensation plan maintained by Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity, including this Plan and any program described in Internal Revenue Code section 423,

(d) by an underwriter temporarily holding securities in an offering of securities,

(e) in a Non-Control Transaction, as defined in section 7.1(c), or

(f) in a transaction (other than one described in section 7.1(c)) in which securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors are acquired from Cortland Bancorp, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approves a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition does not constitute a Change in Control.

 

(c) Merger .  Consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity requiring approval of Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders, whether for the transaction or for the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately after the Business Combination –

 

1) more than 50% of the total voting power of either ( x ) the corporation resulting from consummation of the Business Combination (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) or, if applicable, ( y ) the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly beneficially owns 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Parent Corporation ”) is represented by securities that were eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors and that were outstanding immediately before the Business Combination (or, if applicable, represented by securities into which the Cortland Bancorp securities were converted in the Business Combination), and that voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of securities eligible to vote in the election of Cortland Bancorp directors among the holders thereof immediately before the Business Combination,

 

2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation or any employee stock benefit trust created by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) directly or indirectly is or becomes the beneficial owner of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation), and

 

3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) were Incumbent Directors when the initial agreement providing for the Business Combination was approved by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

A Business Combination satisfying all of the criteria specified in clauses (1), (2), and (3) of this section 7.1(c) is a “ Non-Control Transaction ,” or

 

(d) Sale of Assets .  If Cortland Bancorp’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Cortland Bancorp or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, but in any case if and only if Cortland Bancorp’s assets are transferred to an entity not owned directly or indirectly by Cortland Bancorp or its stockholders.

 

7.2 Effect of Change in Control .  If a Change in Control occurs, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will have the right in its sole discretion to –

 

(a) accelerate the exercisability of any or all Options, despite any limitations contained in the Plan or Award Agreement,

 

(b) accelerate the vesting of Restricted Stock, despite any limitations contained in the Plan or Award Agreement,

 

B-7

 


(c) cancel any or all outstanding Options and unvested Restricted Stock in exchange for the kind and amount of shares of the surviving or new corporation, cash, securities, evidences of indebtedness, other property, or any combination thereof that the holder of the Option or unvested Restricted Stock would have received upon consummation of the Change-in-Control transaction (the “ Acquisition Consideration ”) had the Restricted Stock been vested or had the Option been exercised before the transaction, less the applicable exercise or purchase price,

 

(d) cause the holders of any or all Options to have the right during the term of the Option to receive upon exercise – or cause the holders of unvested Restricted Stock to receive – the Acquisition Consideration receivable upon consummation of the transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that might have been obtained upon exercise of all or any portion thereof, less the applicable exercise or purchase price therefor, or to convert the Stock Option into a stock option of the surviving or new corporation in the transaction or convert the unvested Restricted Stock into restricted stock of the surviving or new corporation in the transaction, or

 

(e) take such other action as it deems appropriate to preserve the value of the Award to the Participant.

 

Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may provide for any of the foregoing actions in an Award Agreement in advance, may provide for any of the foregoing actions in the Change in Control, or both.  Alternatively, the board of directors also has the right to require any purchaser of Cortland Bancorp’s assets or stock, as the case may be, to take any of the actions set forth in the preceding sentence as the purchaser may determine to be appropriate or desirable.  The manner of application and interpretation of the provisions of this section 7.2 will be determined by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion.  Despite any provision of this Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, a Participant is not entitled to any amount under this Plan if he or she acts in concert with any person to effect a Change in Control, unless the Participant acted at the specific direction of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.  For purposes of this Plan the term “ person ” is as defined in section 3(a)(9) and as used in sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d) (2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the terms “ beneficial owner ” and “ beneficial ownership ” have the meaning given in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Article 8

Issuance of Shares and Share Certificates

 

8.1 Issuance of Shares .  Cortland Bancorp will issue or cause to be issued shares of its common stock as soon as practicable upon exercise or conversion of an Award that is payable in shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock.  No shares are issuable until full payment is made, if payment is required by the terms of the Award.  Until a stock certificate evidencing the shares is issued and except as otherwise provided in this Plan, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder exists for the shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock to be issued, despite the exercise or conversion of the Award payable in shares, except as may be otherwise provided in this Plan.  Issuance of a stock certificate will be evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of Cortland Bancorp or of a duly authorized transfer agent of Cortland Bancorp.

 

8.2 Delivery of Share Certificates .  Cortland Bancorp is not required to issue or deliver any certificates until all of the following conditions are fulfilled –

 

(a) payment is made in full for the shares and for any tax withholding,

 

(b) registration or other qualification of the shares Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors in its discretion deems necessary or advisable under any Federal or state laws or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulating body is completed,

 

(c) if Cortland Bancorp common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market or another exchange, the shares are admitted to listing,

 

(d) if the offer and sale of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the offer and sale is qualified as a private placement under the Securities Act of 1933 or is qualified under another registration exemption under the Securities Act of 1933,

 

B-8

 


(e) approval or other clearance from any Federal or state governmental agency Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors in its discretion determines to be necessary or advisable is obtained, and

 

(f) Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors is satisfied that the issuance and delivery of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock under this Plan complies with applicable Federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, or ordinance or any rule or regulation of any other regulating body, for which the board of directors may seek approval of Cortland Bancorp’s counsel.

 

8.3 Applicable Restrictions on Shares .  Shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock issued may be subject to such stock transfer orders and other restrictions as Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors determines are necessary or advisable under any applicable Federal or state securities law rules, regulations and other requirements, the rules, regulations and other requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market or any stock exchange upon which Cortland Bancorp common stock is listed, and any other applicable Federal or state law.  Certificates for the common stock may bear any restrictive legends the board of directors considers appropriate.

 

8.4 Book Entry .  Instead of issuing stock certificates evidencing shares, Cortland Bancorp may use a book entry system in which a computerized or manual entry is made in the records of Cortland Bancorp to evidence the issuance of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock.  Cortland Bancorp’s records are binding on all parties, unless manifest error exists.

 

Article 9

Miscellaneous

 

9 . 1 Amendment, Modification, and Termination of this Plan .  Cortland Bancorp may terminate, suspend, or amend the Plan at any time without stockholder approval, unless stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy applicable requirements imposed by ( a ) Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor rule or regulation, ( b ) the Internal Revenue Code, or ( c ) any securities exchange, market, or other quotation system on or through which Cortland Bancorp’s securities are listed or traded.  However, no Plan amendment may ( x ) cause the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements imposed by Rule 16b-3 or ( y ) without the affected Participant’s consent (and except as specifically provided otherwise in this Plan or the Award Agreement), adversely affect any Award granted before the amendment, modification, or termination.  Despite any provision in the Plan to the contrary, Cortland Bancorp has the right to amend the Plan and any Award Agreements without additional consideration to affected Participants if amendment is necessary to avoid penalties arising under Internal Revenue Code section 409A, even if the amendment reduces, restricts, or eliminates rights granted under the Plan, the Award Agreement, or both before the amendment.

 

9 . 2 Assignability .  Except as described in this section or as provided in section 9.3, an Award may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and an Award may be exercised during the Participant’s lifetime solely by the Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.  However, a Participant may transfer an Award to a revocable inter vivos trust of which the Participant is the settlor, a revocable or irrevocable trust established solely for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family, a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or members are members of the Participant’s immediate family, or an organization described in Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3).  An Award transferred to one of these permitted transferees continues to be subject to all of the terms and conditions that applied to the Award before the transfer and to any other rules prescribed by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.  A permitted transferee may not retransfer an Award except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and the transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution must be a transfer to a person who would be a permitted transferee according to this section 9.2.

 

9 . 3 Beneficiary Designation .  A Participant may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or to exercise any vested Award that is unpaid or unexercised at the Participant’s death.  Beneficiaries may be named contingently or successively.  Unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation, each designation revokes all previous designations made by the same Participant.  A beneficiary designation is not effective until filed in writing with Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.  If a Participant does not make an effective beneficiary designation, the deceased Participant’s beneficiary is his or her surviving spouse or, if none, the deceased Participant’s estate.  Neither Cortland Bancorp nor its board of directors is required to infer a beneficiary from any other source.  The identity of a Participant’s

B-9

 


designated beneficiary will be based solely on the information included in the latest beneficiary designation form completed by the Participant and will not be inferred from any other evidence.

 

9 . 4 No Implied Rights to Awards or Continued Services .  Nonemployee Directors have no claim or right to be granted an Award under this Plan, and there is no obligation of uniformity of treatment of Nonemployee Directors under this Plan.  Nothing in the Plan guarantees or will be construed to guarantee that any Participant will receive a future Award.  Neither this Plan nor any Award will be construed as giving any individual any right to continue as a director of Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity.

 

9 . 5 Tax Withholding .  (a)  Cortland Bancorp will withhold from other amounts owed to the Participant or require a Participant to remit to Cortland Bancorp an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements on any Award, exercise, or cancellation of an Award or purchase of stock.  If these amounts are not to be withheld from other payments due to the Participant or if there are no other payments due to the Participant, Cortland Bancorp will defer payment of cash or issuance of shares of stock until the earlier of ( x ) 30 days after the settlement date, or ( y ) the date the Participant remits the required amount.

 

(b) If the Participant does not remit the required amount within 30 days after the settlement date, Cortland Bancorp will permanently withhold from the value of the Awards to be distributed the minimum amount required to be withheld to comply with applicable federal, state, and local income, wage, and employment taxes, distributing the balance to the Participant.

 

(c) In its sole discretion, which may be withheld for any reason or for no reason, Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors may permit a Participant to reimburse Cortland Bancorp for this tax withholding obligation through one or more of the following methods, subject to conditions the board of directors establishes –

 

1) having shares of stock otherwise issuable under the Plan withheld by Cortland Bancorp, but only to the extent of the minimum amount that must be withheld to comply with applicable state, federal, and local income, employment, and wage tax laws,

 

2) delivering to Cortland Bancorp previously acquired shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock that the Participant has owned for at least six months,

 

3) remitting cash to Cortland Bancorp, or

 

4) remitting a personal check immediately payable to Cortland Bancorp.

 

9 . 6 Indemnification .  Each individual who is or was a member of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors will be indemnified and held harmless by Cortland Bancorp against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she is a party or in which he or she is involved because of an action taken or not taken under the Plan as a director of Cortland Bancorp and against and from any and all amounts paid, with Cortland Bancorp’s approval, by him or her in settlement of any matter related to or arising from the Plan as a Cortland Bancorp director or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any action, suit or proceeding relating to or arising from the Plan against him or her as a Cortland Bancorp director, but only if he or she gives Cortland Bancorp an opportunity at its expense to handle and defend the matter before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it in his or her own behalf.  The right of indemnification described in this section is not exclusive and is independent of any other rights of indemnification to which the individual may be entitled under Cortland Bancorp’s organizational documents, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

 

9 . 7 No Limitation on Compensation .  Nothing in the Plan restricts the right of Cortland Bancorp or Related Entity to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its directors in cash or property in a manner not expressly authorized under the Plan.

 

B-10

 


9 . 8 Governing Law .  The Plan and all agreements hereunder will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws, other than laws governing conflict of laws, of the State of Ohio.  This Plan is not intended to be governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  The Plan will be construed and administered in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

9 . 9 Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3 .  The Plan is intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as that rule may be amended from time to time.  All transactions involving a Participant who is subject to beneficial ownership reporting under section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are subject to the conditions set forth in Rule 16b-3, regardless of whether the conditions are expressly set forth in this Plan, and any provision of this Plan that is contrary to Rule 16b-3 does not apply to that Participant.

 

9 . 10 Successors .  All obligations of Cortland Bancorp under Awards granted under this Plan are binding on any successor to Cortland Bancorp, whether as a result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business or assets of Cortland Bancorp.

9 . 11 Severability .  If any provision of this Plan or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be illegal or invalid, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of this Plan or other applications, and this Plan is to be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

9 . 12 No Golden Parachute Payments .  Despite any provision in this Plan or in an Award Agreement to the contrary, Cortland Bancorp is not required to make any payment under this Plan or an Award Agreement that would be a prohibited golden parachute payment within the meaning of section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

 

This 2015 Director Equity Plan of Cortland Bancorp was adopted by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors on February 24, 2015.  This 2015 Director Equity Plan was thereafter approved by stockholders of Cortland Bancorp at a meeting on May 20, 2015.

 

B-11

 

Exhibit 10.37.1

Cortland Bancorp

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

 

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, grants to                                     (the “ Optionee ”), an option to purchase the total number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, stated in the attached Notice of Grant effective                        , 20          , at the price specified in the Notice of Grant, subject in all respects to the terms, definitions, and provisions of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Director Equity Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Director Equity Plan have the same defined meanings herein.

 

1. Nature of the Option .  This Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

2. Exercise Price .  The exercise price for each share of common stock is stated in the Notice of Grant and is not less than the fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of grant.

 

3. Exercise of Option .  This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the vesting schedule stated in the Notice of Grant and in accordance with the terms of the Director Equity Plan as follows:

 

(a) Right to Exercise .

 

(1) this Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(2)

in the case of the Optionee’s death, exercisability of the Option is governed by section 7 below, subject to the limitations contained in subsection 3(a)(3).

 

(3) this Option may not be exercised after expiration of its term, as provided by section 9 below.

 

(b) Method of Exercise .  This Option is exercisable by executing the Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, stating the Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of shares for which the Option is exercised, and such other representations and agreements concerning the holder’s investment intent as may be required by Cortland Bancorp under the provisions of the Director Equity Plan.  The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered by certified mail to the Board of Directors or the designee of the Board of Directors.  The Notice of Exercise must be accompanied by payment of the exercise price.  This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by Cortland Bancorp of the Notice of Exercise accompanied by payment of the exercise price in full.

 

No Shares will be issued for the exercise of an Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which Cortland Bancorp common stock may then be listed.  For income tax purposes shares will be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised.

 

4. Optionee's Representations .  If this Option and the shares acquirable by exercise of this Option are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 when this Option is exercised, the Optionee must, if required by Cortland Bancorp, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option deliver to Cortland Bancorp an investment representation statement in the customary form, a copy of which is available for Optionee’s review from Cortland Bancorp upon request.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that a certificate or certificates representing shares acquired by exercise of an Option may bear a restrictive legend or legends noting the restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws and the Director Equity Plan.

 

5. Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price may be by any of the following methods or a combination thereof, at the election of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion:

 

(a) cash or a cash equivalent,

(b) actual or constructive delivery of unrestricted shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock,

(c) a combination of cash and shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock, or

(d) cashless exercise or net exercise.

 

6. Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised before the Director Equity Plan is approved by Cortland Bancorp stockholders, or if the issuance of shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of


consideration for shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“Regulation G”) as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, Cortland Bancorp may require the Optionee to make any representation and warranty to Cortland Bancorp as Cortland Bancorp in its sole discretion considers necessary or appropriate under applicable law.

 

7. Death of Optionee .  The Optionee may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or to exercise any vested options that are unpaid or unexercised at the Optionee’s death.  Beneficiaries may be named contingently or successively.  A beneficiary designation must be made on a form prescribed by the Board of Directors and will not be effective until filed in writing with the Board of Directors.

 

8. Non-Transferability of Option .  This Option may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime by the Optionee only.  The terms of this Option are binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the Optionee.

 

9. Term of Option .  This Option may be exercised on or before the Expiration Date stated in the Notice of Grant and may be exercised during the term solely in accordance with the Director Equity Plan and the terms of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

 

By:                                                             

 

Its:                                                             

 

The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of shares according to the Notice of Grant and section 3 of this Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement is earned solely by continuing employment or service with Cortland Bancorp.  The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Director Equity Plan and represents that the Optionee is familiar with its terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby accepts this Option subject to all of those terms and provisions.  The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors upon any questions arising under the Director Equity Plan.  The Optionee further agrees to notify Cortland Bancorp of any change in the residence address below.

 

Dated:                            , 20            Optionee

 

                                              

Print Name:

 

Residence Address:

 

                                       , Ohio             



Notice of Grant

 

 

Under the terms of Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Director Equity Plan, Cortland Bancorp hereby grants to                                                    an option to purchase from Cortland Bancorp a total of              shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock at the exercise price per share set forth below:

Date of grant

 

Number of shares acquirable by exercise of option

 

Exercise price per share

 

Becomes vested and exercisable

 

Expires

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cortland Bancorp

 

 

By:                                                     

 

Its:                                                     

 

 



Exhibit A

Notice of Exercise

 

To: Cortland Bancorp

 

Attn: Board of Directors

 

Subject: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

The undersigned Optionee is exercising vested options to purchase shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock under Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Director Equity Plan as follows:

 

Option grant date

 

Number of shares being purchased

 

Option price

(per share)

 

Tax due

(if applicable)

 

Total amount due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I am paying the cost to exercise as specified below by method a, b, c, or d ( circle one below )

 

(a) Cash Payment .  Enclosed is my check #                    in the amount of $                        .

 

(b) Surrender of Cortland Bancorp Shares .

 

(c) A Combination of Cash and Cortland Bancorp Shares .  As described below:

 

                                                                                  

 

(d) Cashless Exercise or Net Exercise .

 

I certify that if I transfer the stock purchased by this exercise I will not do so in a manner that violates Cortland Bancorp’s policy on insider trading.

 

Signed by the Optionee this              day of                        , 20          .

 

 

Optionee’s Signature                                                                                         

 

 

Print Name                                                                                                         

 

 

Home Address                                                                                                     

 

 

City, State, Zip Code                                                                                           

 

 

Daytime Phone                                                                                                     

 

 

Social Security Number                                                                                       

 

 

Exhibit 10.37.2

Cortland Bancorp

2015 Director Equity Plan

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation, hereby grants Restricted Stock in accordance with Cortland Bancorp’s 2015 Director Equity Plan to                              (the “Participant”), subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Director Equity Plan and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  Terms defined in the 2015 Director Equity Plan are used in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as they are defined in the 2015 Director Equity Plan.

 

1 . Number of Shares of Restricted Stock Subject to the Award .  The number of shares of Cortland Bancorp common stock awarded under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is              shares, along with shares issuable after the effective date of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as a stock dividend or stock split or issuable because of another form of change in the capital structure of Cortland Bancorp.

 

2 . Effective Date of the Award .  The date of this Award and the effective date of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is                      , 20        .

 

3 . The Award is Conditional and is Subject to Forfeiture .  The only condition to unrestricted ownership of the shares awarded by this Restricted Stock Award Agreement that must be satisfied by the Participant is that the Participant must maintain continuous service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity for            years after the effective date.  Until the                      , 20        vesting date, the Restricted Stock awarded by this Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be held by Cortland Bancorp as escrow agent and will be unvested.  If the Participant maintains continuous service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity until the                          , 20        vesting date, the Award will be fully vested and non-forfeitable on that date and the Participant will then possess all right, title, and interest in the shares.  If the Participant does not maintain continuous service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity until the vesting date, the Award will be forfeited in its entirety by the Participant effective as of the date the Participant’s service terminates, unless in its sole discretion the board of directors elects to accelerate the Participant’s vesting in and right to all or a portion of the Award when the Participant’s service terminates.  However, if a Change in Control occurs before the vesting date and if the Participant maintains continuous service with Cortland Bancorp or a Related Entity through the date of the Change in Control, on the date of the Change in Control the Award will be fully vested and non-forfeitable and the Participant thereafter will possess all right, title, and interest in the shares.

 

4 . The Shares of Restricted Stock Subject to the Award Are Not Transferable as Long as the Award Is Subject to Forfeiture .  Until the shares of Restricted Stock subject to the Award are vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with section 3, the Participant is not permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, assign, or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the shares or any interest in the shares.  Until then, Cortland Bancorp is entitled to disregard any attempt by the Participant to sell, transfer, pledge, assign, or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the shares or any interest in the shares, and any such sale, transfer, pledge, assignment, or other alienation or hypothecation is void and of no force or effect.

 

5 . Rights as a Stockholder .  Except as may be otherwise provided in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the record holder of the shares of Restricted Stock subject to the Award the Participant has all of the associated rights of a stockholder under Ohio law and Cortland Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, including the right to exercise voting power and the right to cash dividends if, as, and when declared by Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors.

 

6 . The 2015 Director Equity Plan Governs .  The Award and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Director Equity Plan, as well as any rules of the board of directors under the 2015 Director Equity Plan.  The Participant acknowledges having received a copy of the 2015 Director Equity Plan.  The Participant represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions of the 2015 Director Equity Plan.  The Participant accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the 2015 Director Equity Plan.  The Participant agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of Cortland Bancorp’s board of directors having to do with the 2015 Director Equity Plan or this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

7. Certificates .  Provided book entry registration is allowed by Cortland Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations, instead of issuing certificates representing shares of common stock awarded by this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Cortland Bancorp may record the Participant’s ownership of the shares using a book entry system.  If certificates are issued, they will bear such restrictive legends as Cortland Bancorp deem necessary or desirable.


 

8 . Entire Agreement .  This Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the 2015 Director Equity Plan supersede any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties concerning the subject matter and constitute the sole agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter.  All prior negotiations and agreements between the parties concerning the subject matter of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are merged in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  Each party to this Restricted Stock Award Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements concerning the Restricted Stock have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party that are not contained in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement or in the 2015 Director Equity Plan.  Each party acknowledges that any agreement, statement, or promise concerning the Restricted Stock that is not contained in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement or the 2015 Director Equity Plan is not valid, is not binding, and is of no force or effect.

 

9 . Modification .  No change or modification of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and is signed by the parties.  However, Cortland Bancorp may change or modify this Restricted Stock Award Agreement without the Participant’s consent or signature if in its sole discretion Cortland Bancorp determines that the change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including but not limited to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any regulations or other Department of Treasury guidance of general application issued under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.  Cortland Bancorp may amend the 2015 Director Equity Plan to the extent permitted by the 2015 Director Equity Plan.

 

10 . Headings .  The headings in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and do not affect the interpretation of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

11 . Notice .  All notices, requests, and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be considered duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice.  If to Cortland Bancorp, notice must be given to Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as Cortland Bancorp designates to the Participant in writing.  If to the Participant, notice may be given to the Participant at the Participant’s address appearing on the signature page of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or to such other address as the Participant designates in writing to Cortland Bancorp.

 

12 . Taxes .  The Participant is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor about the tax consequences of this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the method and timing for filing an election to include this Award in income under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the tax consequences of that election.  By executing this Restricted Stock Award Agreement, the Participant agrees that if the Participant makes an election to include the Award in income under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Participant will provide Cortland Bancorp with written notice of the election in accordance with the regulations under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

13 . No Registration Rights .  The Participant acknowledges and agrees that Cortland Bancorp and its Related Entities are under no obligation to register the Participant’s offer and sale of the shares awarded under this Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state.

 

In Witness Whereof , Cortland Bancorp has caused this Restricted Stock Award Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date specified in section 1, and the Participant has duly executed this Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of the date specified in section 1 and consents to and approves all of its terms.

 

Participant Cortland Bancorp

 

 

                                        

By:                                   

Print Name:

Print Name:

Its:                                   

 

2

 


Residence Address:

 

                 , Ohio       

 

3

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, James M. Gasior, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cortland Bancorp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  August 11, 2015

/s/ James M. Gasior

 

James M. Gasior

 

President and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, David J. Lucido, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Cortland Bancorp;

2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)

Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  August 11, 2015

/s/ David J. Lucido

 

David J. Lucido

 

Senior Vice President and

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO TITLE 18, UNITED

STATES CODE, SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT

TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James M. Gasior, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ James M. Gasior

Print name:  James M. Gasior

Title: President and

Chief Executive Officer

Date:  August 11, 2015

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David J. Lucido, the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ David J. Lucido

Print name:  David J. Lucido

Title:  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date:  August 11, 2015

*This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to and is being retained by Cortland Bancorp and will be forwarded to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.